Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc. - FORM 10-K

Attached files

file	filename
EX-32.2 - CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 - Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc.	d606106dex322.htm
EX-32.1 - CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 - Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc.	d606106dex321.htm
EX-31.2 - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER - Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc.	d606106dex312.htm
EX-31.1 - CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER - Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc.	d606106dex311.htm

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 814-01054

CM FINANCE INC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Maryland		46-2883380
(State of Incorporation)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

601 Lexington Avenue 26^th Floor New York, NY		10022
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 257-5199

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of Each Class		Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share		The NASDAQ Global Select Market
6.125% Notes due 2023		The NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):


Large accelerated filer	☐	Accelerated filer	☒
Non-accelerated filer	☐ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company	☐
		Emerging Growth Company	☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨ ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $109.5 million based upon the last sale price for the Registrant’s common stock on that date.

There were 13,650,124 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding as of August 31, 2018.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Registrant’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as indicated herein.

CM FINANCE INC

FORM 10-K FOR THE FISCAL YEAR

ENDED JUNE 30, 2018

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page
PART I			1

ITEM 1.	BUSINESS		1

ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS		32

ITEM 1B.	UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS		67

ITEM 2.	PROPERTIES		67

ITEM 3.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS		67

ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES		67

PART II			68

ITEM 5.	MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES		68

ITEM 6.	SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA		70

ITEM 7.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS		71

ITEM 7A.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK		85

ITEM 8.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA		86

ITEM 9.	CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE		131

PART III			133

ITEM 10.	DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE		133

ITEM 11.	EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION		133

ITEM 12.	SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS		133

ITEM 13.	CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE		133

ITEM 14.	PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES		133

PART IV			134

ITEM 15.	EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES		134

SIGNATURES			136

PART I

Item 1.

Business

Except as otherwise indicated, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “CM Finance” and the “Company” refer to CM Finance Inc and “CM Investment Partners” and the “Adviser” refer to our investment adviser and administrator, CM Investment Partners LLC.

We were formed in February 2012 and commenced operations in March 2012 as CM Finance LLC, a Maryland limited liability company. Immediately prior to the pricing of our initial public offering, CM Finance LLC was merged with and into CM Finance Inc, a Maryland corporation (the “Merger”). We are an externally managed, non-diversified closed-end management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

We are a specialty finance company that invests primarily in the debt of U.S. middle-market companies, which we generally define as those companies that have an enterprise value, which represents the aggregate of debt value and equity value of the entity, of less than $750 million. We are externally managed by CM Investment Partners. The Adviser is led by Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen, who together have over 40 years of experience in the leveraged debt markets. Our primary investment objective is to maximize total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation by investing in debt and related equity of privately held middle-market companies.

We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $15 million. We focus on companies with leading market positions, significant asset or franchise values, strong free cash flow and experienced senior management teams, with emphasis on companies with high-quality sponsors. Our investments typically range in size from $5 million to $25 million. We expect that our portfolio companies will use our capital for organic growth, acquisitions, market or product expansion, refinancings, and/or recapitalizations. We invest, and intend to continue to invest, in unitranche loans and standalone second and first lien loans, with an emphasis on floating rate debt. Unitranche loans are loans structured as first lien loans with certain characteristics of mezzanine loan risk in one security. We also selectively invest in unsecured debt, bonds and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments, in most cases taking such upside participation interests as part of a broader investment relationship.

We strive to maintain a strong focus on credit quality, investment discipline and investment selectivity. We believe that investing in the debt of private middle-market companies generally provides a more attractive relative value proposition than investing in broadly syndicated debt due to the conservative capital structures and superior default and loss characteristics typically associated with middle-market companies. We believe that, because private middle-market companies have limited access to capital providers, debt investments in these companies typically carry above-market interest rates and include more favorable protections, resulting in attractive risk-adjusted returns across credit cycles while better preserving capital. The companies in which we invest typically are highly leveraged, and, in most cases, our investments in such companies are not rated by national rating agencies. If such investments were rated, we believe that they would likely receive a rating that is often referred to as “junk.”

We have, through CM Finance SPV Ltd. (“CM SPV”), our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a $102.0 million term secured financing facility (the “Term Financing”), due December 5, 2020 with UBS AG, London Branch (together with its affiliates “UBS”). The Term Financing is collateralized by a portion of the debt investments in our portfolio. Borrowings under the Term Financing bear interest (i) at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% through December 4, 2018, and (ii) at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.55% from December 5, 2018 through December 5, 2020 (the “Term Financing Rate”). We also incur an annual fee of approximately 1% of the outstanding borrowings under the Term Financing. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were $102.0 million and $102.0 million borrowings outstanding under the Term Financing, respectively.

On November 20, 2017, we entered into a $50 million revolving financing facility (the “2017 UBS Revolving Financing”) with UBS. Borrowings under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing will generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.55% (the “Revolver Financing Rate”). We pay a fee on any undrawn amounts of 2.50% per annum; provided that if 50% or less of the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing is drawn, the fee will be 2.75% per annum. Any amounts borrowed under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 5, 2019. As of June 30, 2018, there were $17.8 million borrowings outstanding under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing. We refer to the Term Financing, the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing and our prior revolving credit facility with Citibank, N.A., discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financing Facilities,” together as the “Financing Facilities.”

On July 2, 2018, we closed the public offering of $30 million in aggregate principal amount of 6.125% notes due 2023 (the “Notes”). On July 12, 2018, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option to purchase an additional $4.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The total net proceeds to us from the Notes, including the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $1.0 million and estimated offering expenses of approximately $230,000, were approximately $33.2 million.

The Notes will mature on July 1, 2023 and bear interest at a rate of 6.125%. The Notes are direct unsecured obligations and rank pari passu, which means equal in right of payment, with all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us. Because the Notes are not secured by any of our assets, they are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured unsubordinated indebtedness (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured as to which we subsequently grant a security interest), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and financing vehicles, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Term Financing and the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing. The Notes are obligations exclusively of CM Finance Inc and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes will not be required to be guaranteed by any subsidiary we may acquire or create in the future.

The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after July 1, 2020. Interest on the Notes is payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year. The Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “CMFNL.” We may from time to time repurchase Notes in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. As of September 3, 2018, the outstanding principal balance of the Notes was approximately $34.5 million.

The indenture under which the Notes are issued (the “Indenture”) contains certain covenants, including covenants (i) requiring our compliance with the asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act; (ii) requiring our compliance, under certain circumstances, with the requirements set forth in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, prohibiting the declaration of any cash dividend or distribution upon any class of our capital stock (except to the extent necessary for us to maintain its treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code), or purchasing any such capital stock, if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is below 200% (or 150% beginning on May 2, 2019) at the time of the declaration of the dividend or distribution or the purchase and after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase; and (iii) requiring us to provide financial information to the holders of the Notes and the Trustee if we cease to be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These covenants are subject to limitations and exceptions that are described in the Indenture.

On May 2, 2018, our board of directors, including a “required majority” (as such term is defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act) of the board, approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act, as amended by the Small Business Credit Availability Act. As a result, our asset coverage requirements for senior securities will be changed from 200% to 150%, effective as of May 2, 2019.

Portfolio Composition

As of June 30, 2018, our portfolio consisted of debt and equity investments in 25 portfolio companies with a fair value of $293.6 million. As of June 30, 2018, our portfolio consisted of 52.1% first lien investments, 43.3% second lien investments, 0.2% unsecured debt investments, 4.2% unitranche loans, and 0.2% equity, warrant and other positions. At June 30, 2018, the weighted average total yield of debt and income producing securities at amortized cost (which includes income and amortization of fees and discounts) was 11.19%. The weighted average total yield was computed using an internal rate of return calculation of our debt investments based on contractual cash flows, including interest and amortization payments, and, for floating rate investments, the spot London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), as of June 30, 2018 of all of our debt investments. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. The weighted average total yield of our debt investments is not the same as a return on investment for our stockholders but, rather, relates to a portion of our investment portfolio and is calculated before payment of all of our fees and expenses, including any sales load paid in connection with an offering of our securities. There can be no assurance that the weighted average total yield will remain at its current level.

The industry composition of our portfolio at fair value at June 30, 2018 was as follows:


	Percentage of Total Portfolio at June 30, 2018
Professional Services		13.98	%
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure		11.36
Energy Equipment & Services		10.97
Media		10.88
Commercial Services & Supplies		10.76
IT Services		9.54
Diversified Telecommunication Services		8.49
Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels		8.24
Distributors		4.25
Health Care Providers & Services		3.85
Chemicals		2.73
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		2.55
Electronic Equipment		2.24
Wireless Telecommunication Services		0.16

		100.00	%

CM Investment Partners LLC

CM Investment Partners, our external investment adviser, was formed in July 2013 and is a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”). The Adviser is responsible for sourcing investment opportunities, conducting industry research, performing diligence on potential investments, structuring our investments and monitoring our portfolio companies on an ongoing basis. The Adviser is led by its Co-Chief Investment Officers, Michael C. Mauer and Christopher E. Jansen. Mr. Mauer also serves as the Chairman of our board of directors and our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Jansen also serves as our President and Secretary and as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Mauer was formerly Global Co-Head of Leveraged Finance and Global Co-Head of Fixed Income Currency and Commodity Distribution at Citigroup Inc. and a senior member of its credit committee responsible for all underwriting and principal commitments of leveraged finance capital worldwide. Mr. Jansen was a founding Managing Partner and Senior Portfolio Manager for Stanfield Capital Partners and had a leading role in planning its strategic direction. At Stanfield, Mr. Jansen was responsible for the management of 15 different portfolios aggregating in excess of $7 billion in assets consisting of large corporate loans, middle-market loans, second lien loans, high yield bonds and structured finance securities.

The Adviser’s investment team, led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, is supported by four additional investment professionals, who, together with Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, we refer to as the “Investment Team.” The members of the Investment Team have over 100 combined years of structuring customized debt solutions for middle-market companies, which we believe will enable us to generate favorable returns across credit cycles with an emphasis on preserving capital. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen have developed an investment process for reviewing lending opportunities, structuring transactions and monitoring investments throughout multiple credit cycles. The members of the Investment Team have extensive networks for sourcing investment opportunities through direct corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, investment banks, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. The members of the Investment Team also have extensive experience across various industries, including aviation, cable, defense, healthcare, media, mining, oil and gas, power, retail, telecommunications, trucking and asset-backed special situations. As a result, we believe we will be able to achieve appropriate risk-adjusted returns by investing in companies that have restructured but do not have sufficient track records to receive traditional lending terms from a commercial bank or the broadly syndicated leveraged finance market. We believe the members of the Investment Team share a common investment philosophy built on a framework of rigorous business assessment, extensive due diligence and disciplined risk valuation methodology.

Every initial investment by us requires the approval by a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee and such majority must include both Messrs. Mauer and Jansen. Every follow-on investment decision in an existing portfolio company and every investment disposition require approval by a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee. The Adviser’s investment committee currently consists of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the Co-Chief Investment Officers of the Adviser, Andrew Muns, a managing director of the Adviser, and Michael Nitka, Stifel Venture Corp.’s (“Stifel”) designee to the Adviser’s investment committee. We have entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Investment Advisory Agreement”) with the Adviser, pursuant to which we pay the Adviser a management fee equal to 1.75% of our gross assets, payable in arrears on a quarterly basis. In addition, pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we pay the Adviser an Incentive Fee equal to 20.0% of pre-incentive fee net investment income, subject to an annualized hurdle rate of 8.0% with a “catch up” fee for returns between the 8.0% hurdle and 10.0%, as well as 20.0% of net capital gains.

Under an administration agreement with the Adviser (the “Administration Agreement”), the Adviser provides us with our chief financial officer, accounting and back-office professionals, equipment and clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services.

Market Opportunity

We believe that the current investment environment presents a compelling case for investing in secured debt (including unitranche debt and standalone second and first lien loans) and unsecured debt (including mezzanine/structured equity) of middle-market companies. The following factors represent the key drivers of our focus on this attractive market segment:

•

Reduced Availability of Capital for Middle-Market Companies. We believe there are fewer providers of financing and less capital available for middle-market companies compared to prior to the economic downturn that began in mid-2007. We believe that, as a result of that downturn:

•

many financing providers have chosen to focus on large, liquid corporate loans and syndicated capital markets transactions rather than lending to middle-market businesses;

•

regulatory changes, including the introduction of international capital and liquidity requirements for banks under the 2012 Basel III Accords, or Basel III, have decreased their capacity to hold non-investment grade leveraged loans, causing banks to curtail lending to middle-market companies;

•

hedge funds and collateralized loan obligation managers are less likely to pursue investment opportunities in our target market as a result of reduced availability of funding for new investments; and

•

consolidation of regional banks into money center banks has reduced their focus on middle-market lending.

As a result, we believe that less competition facilitates higher quality deal flow and allows for greater selectivity throughout the investment process.

•

Robust Demand for Debt Capital. According to Pitchbook, a market research firm, private equity firms had approximately $874 billion of uncalled capital as of December 31, 2017. They have expanded their focus to include middle-market opportunities due to the lack of opportunities in large capital buyout transactions. We expect the large amount of uninvested capital and the expanded focus on middle-market opportunities to drive buyout activity over the next several years, which should, in turn, continue to create lending opportunities for us.

•

Attractive Deal Pricing and Structures. We believe that, in general, middle-market debt investments are priced more attractively to lenders than larger, more liquid, public debt financings, due to the more limited universe of lenders as well as the highly negotiated nature of these financings. Middle-market transactions tend to offer stronger covenant packages, higher interest rates, lower leverage levels and better call protection compared to larger financings. In addition, middle-market loans typically offer other investor protections such as default penalties, lien protection, change of control provisions and information rights for lenders.

•

Specialized Lending Requirements. We believe that several factors render many U.S. financial institutions ill-suited to lend to U.S. middle-market companies. For example, based on the Investment Team’s experience, lending to private U.S. middle-market companies is generally more labor-intensive than lending to larger companies due to the smaller size of each investment and the fragmented nature of information for such companies. Lending to smaller capitalization companies requires due diligence and underwriting practices consistent with the demands and economic limitations of the middle-market and may also require more extensive ongoing monitoring by the lender. As a result, middle-market companies historically have been served by a limited segment of the lending community.

Competitive Strengths

We believe that the Adviser’s disciplined approach to origination, portfolio construction and risk management should allow us to achieve favorable risk-adjusted returns while preserving our capital. We believe that the following competitive strengths provide positive returns for our investors:

•

Large and Experienced Team with Substantial Resources. The Adviser and its Investment Team is led by Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, each with over 20 years of experience investing in, providing corporate finance services to, restructuring and consulting with middle-market companies. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen are supported by four additional investment professionals, who collectively have over 100 combined years of structuring strategic capital for business expansion, refinancings, capital restructuring, post-reorganization financing and servicing the general corporate needs of middle-market companies. We believe that the Investment Team and its resources provide a significant advantage and contribute to the strength of our business and enhance the quantity and quality of investment opportunities available to us.

•

Capitalize on the Investment Team’s Extensive Relationships with Middle-Market Companies, Private Equity Sponsors and Intermediaries. The members of the Investment Team have extensive networks for sourcing investment opportunities through corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, investment banks, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. We believe that the strength of these relationships in conjunction with the Investment Team’s ability to structure financing solutions for companies that incorporate credit protections at attractive returns for us provide us with a competitive advantage in identifying investment opportunities in our target market. In addition, pursuant to the terms of our relationship with Stifel and subject to certain restrictions, Stifel must use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to the Adviser to review and bid on, Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities consistent with our investment strategy.

•

Disciplined Underwriting Policies and Rigorous Portfolio Management. Messrs. Mauer and Jansen have an established credit analysis and investment process to analyze investment opportunities thoroughly. This process, followed by the Investment Team, includes structuring loans with appropriate covenants and pricing loans based on our knowledge of the middle-market and our rigorous underwriting standards. We focus on capital preservation by extending loans to portfolio companies with assets that we believe will retain sufficient value to repay us even in depressed markets or under liquidation scenarios. Each investment is analyzed from its initial stages by either Mr. Mauer or Mr. Jansen, as the Adviser’s Co-Chief Investment Officers, and a senior investment professional of the Investment Team. Every initial investment requires approval by a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee and such majority must include both Messrs. Mauer and Jansen. The Adviser’s investment committee consists of Messrs. Mauer, Jansen, Muns and Nitka. Every follow-on investment decision in an existing portfolio company and every investment disposition require approval by at least a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee. Under the supervision of Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, the Investment Team’s senior investment professionals also monitor the portfolio for developments on a daily basis, perform credit updates on each investment, review financial performance on at least a quarterly basis, and have regular discussions with the management of portfolio companies. We believe the Adviser’s investment and monitoring process and the depth and experience of the Investment Team gives us a competitive advantage in identifying investments and evaluating risks and opportunities throughout the life cycle of an investment.

•

Ability to Structure Investments Creatively. Our Investment Team has the expertise and ability to structure investments across all levels of a company’s capital structure. These individuals have extensive experience in cash flow, asset-based lending, workout situations and investing in distressed debt, which should enable us to take advantage of attractive investments in recently restructured companies. Furthermore, with the capital raised in our initial public offering, we believe we are in a better position to leverage the existing knowledge and relationships that the Investment Team has developed to lead investments that meet our investment criteria. We believe that current market conditions allow us to structure attractively priced debt investments and may allow us to incorporate other return-enhancing mechanisms such as commitment fees, original issue discounts, early redemption premiums, payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest and certain forms of equity securities.

Investment Strategy

We invest in unitranche loans, standalone second and first lien loans, and selectively in unsecured debt, bonds and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments, in most cases taking advantage of a potential benefit from an increase in the value of such portfolio company as part of an overall relationship. We seek to invest primarily in middle-market companies that have annual revenues of at least $50 million and EBITDA of at least $15 million. Our investments typically range in size from $5 million to $25 million. We may invest in smaller or larger companies if there is an attractive opportunity, especially when there are dislocations in the capital markets, including the high yield and large syndicated loan markets. During such dislocations, we expect to see more deep value investment opportunities offering prospective returns that are disproportionate to the associated risk profile. We focus on companies with leading market positions, significant asset or franchise values, strong free cash flow and experienced senior management teams, with an emphasis on companies with high-quality sponsors.

Our primary investment objective is to maximize current income and capital appreciation by investing directly in privately held middle-market companies. The Adviser pursues investments for us with favorable risk-adjusted returns, including debt investments that offer cash origination fees and lower leverage levels. The Adviser seeks to structure our debt investments with strong protections, including default penalties, information rights, and affirmative and negative financial covenants, such as lien protection and restrictions concerning change of control. We believe these protections, coupled with the other features of our investments, allow us to reduce our risk of capital loss and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns, although there can be no assurance that we are always able to structure our investments to minimize risk of loss and achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns.

Investment Criteria

The Investment Team uses the following investment criteria and guidelines to evaluate prospective portfolio companies. However, not all of these criteria and guidelines are used or met in connection with each of our investments.

•

Established companies with a history of positive operating cash flow. We seek to invest in established companies with sound historical financial performance. The Adviser typically focuses on companies with a history of profitability on an operating cash flow basis. We do not intend to invest in start-up companies or companies with speculative business plans.

•

Defensible and sustainable business. We seek to invest in companies with proven products and/or services that provide a competitive advantage versus its competitors or new entrants. The Adviser places an emphasis on the strength of historical operations and profitability and the generation of free cash flow to reinvest in the business or to utilize for debt service. The Adviser also focuses on the relative strength of the valuation and liquidity of collateral used to provide security for our investments, when applicable.

•

Seasoned management team with meaningful equity ownership. The Adviser generally requires that our portfolio companies have a seasoned management team, with strong corporate governance. The Adviser also seeks to invest in companies with management teams that have meaningful equity ownership. The Adviser believes that companies that have proper incentives in place, including having significant equity interests, motivate management teams to enhance enterprise value, which will act in accordance with our interests.

•

Significant Invested Capital. The Adviser seeks investments in portfolio companies where it believes that the aggregate enterprise value significantly exceeds aggregate indebtedness, after consideration of our investment. The Adviser believes that the existence of significant underlying equity value (i.e., the amount by which the aggregate enterprise value exceeds the aggregate indebtedness) provides important support to our debt investments.

•

Investment Partnerships. We seek to invest where private equity sponsors have demonstrated capabilities in building enterprise value. In addition, we seek to partner with specialty lenders and other financial institutions. The Adviser believes that private equity sponsors and specialty lenders can serve as committed partners and advisors that will actively work with the Adviser, the company and its management team to meet company goals and create value.

•

Ability to exert meaningful influence. We target investment opportunities in which we will be a significant investor in the tranche and in which we can add value through active participation in the direction of the company, sometimes through advisory positions.

•

Exit strategy. We generally seek to invest in companies that the Adviser believes possess attributes that will provide us with the ability to exit our investments. We typically expect to exit our investments through one of three scenarios: (i) the sale of the company resulting in repayment of all outstanding debt, (ii) the recapitalization of the company through which our loan is replaced with debt or equity from a third party or parties or (iii) the repayment of the initial or remaining principal amount of our loan then outstanding at maturity. In some investments, there may be scheduled amortization of some portion of our loan, which would result in a partial exit of our investment prior to the maturity of the loan.

Deal Origination

The Adviser’s deal-originating efforts are focused on its direct corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, investment banks, restructuring advisers, law firms, and boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. The Adviser’s investment team continues to enhance and expand these relationships. In addition, pursuant to the Stifel arrangement and subject to certain restrictions, Stifel uses its commercially reasonable efforts to present to us to review and bid on Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities consistent with our investment strategy, subject to the approval of our board of directors as necessary, under the 1940 Act and certain other limitations.

The origination process is designed to thoroughly evaluate potential financings and to identify the most attractive of these opportunities on the basis of risk-adjusted returns. Each investment is analyzed from its initial stages through our investment by one of the Co-Chief Investment Officers of the Adviser and a senior investment professional. If an opportunity fits our criteria for investment and merits further review and consideration, the investment is presented to the investment committee. This first stage of analysis involves a preliminary, but detailed, description of the potential financing. An investment summary is then generated after preliminary due diligence. The opportunity may be discussed several times by members of the Investment Team. Prior to funding, every initial investment requires the unanimous approval of the Adviser’s investment committee consisting Messrs. Mauer, Jansen and Nitka. Follow-on investment decisions in existing portfolio companies and investment dispositions require the approval of a majority of the Adviser’s investment committee.

If the Adviser decides to pursue an opportunity, a preliminary term sheet will be produced for the target portfolio company. This term sheet serves as a basis for the discussion and negotiation of the critical terms of the proposed financing. At this stage, the Adviser begins its formal underwriting and investment approval process as described below. After the negotiation of a transaction, the financing is presented to the investment committee of the Adviser for approval. Upon approval of a financing transaction, the parties will prepare the relevant loan documentation. An investment is funded only after all due diligence is satisfactorily completed and all closing conditions have been satisfied. Each of the investments in our portfolio is monitored on a daily basis by a member of the Adviser’s investment committee aided by the senior investment professionals of the Investment Team, who also perform credit updates on each investment quarterly.

Underwriting

Underwriting Process and Investment Approval

The Adviser makes investment decisions only after considering a number of factors regarding the potential investment including, but not limited to:

•

historical and projected financial performance;

•

company and industry specific characteristics, such as strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats;

•

composition and experience of the management team; and

•

track record of the private equity sponsor leading the transaction, if applicable.

This methodology is employed to screen a high volume of potential investment opportunities on a consistent basis.

If an investment is deemed appropriate to pursue, a more detailed and rigorous evaluation is made after considering relevant investment parameters. The following outlines the general parameters and areas of evaluation and due diligence for investment decisions, although not all are necessarily considered or given equal weighting in the evaluation process.

Business model and financial assessment

The Adviser undertakes a review and analysis of the financial and strategic plans for the potential investment. There is significant evaluation of and reliance upon the due diligence performed by the private equity sponsor, if applicable, and third party experts, including accountants and consultants. Areas of evaluation include:

•

historical and projected financial performance;

•

quality of earnings, including source and predictability of cash flows;

•

customer and vendor interviews and assessments;

•

potential exit scenarios, including probability of a liquidity event;

•

internal controls and accounting systems; and

•

assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities.

Industry dynamics

The Adviser evaluates the portfolio company’s industry, and may, if considered appropriate, consult or retain industry experts. The following factors are among those the Adviser analyzes:

•

sensitivity to economic cycles;

•

competitive environment, including number of competitors, threat of new entrants or substitutes;

•

fragmentation and relative market share of industry leaders;

•

growth potential; and

•

regulatory and legal environment.

Management assessment

The Adviser makes an in-depth assessment of the management team, including evaluation along several key metrics:

•

background checks;

•

the number of years in their current positions;

•

track record;

•

industry experience;

•

management incentive, including the level of direct investment in the enterprise; and

•

completeness of the management team (positions that need to be filled or added).

Sponsor Assessment

Among critical due diligence investigations is the evaluation of a private equity sponsor or specialty lender that has, or is also making, an investment in the portfolio company. A private equity sponsor is typically a controlling stockholder upon completion of an investment and as such is considered critical to the success of the investment. In addition, a management team with meaningful equity ownership can serve as a committed partner to us and any private equity sponsor or specialty lender. The Adviser evaluates a private equity sponsor or specialty lender along several key criteria, including:

•

investment track record;

•

industry experience;

•

capacity and willingness to provide additional financial support to the company through additional capital contributions, if necessary; and

•

reference checks.

Investments

The following describes the types of loans we generally make:

Unitranche loans. Unitranche loans are loans structured as first lien loans with certain characteristics of mezzanine loan risk in one security. Unitranche loans typically provide for moderate loan amortization in the

initial years of the loan with the majority of the principal repayment deferred until loan maturity. Unitranche loans usually provide us with greater control over a portfolio company’s capital structure, as they provide a one-stop financing solution and limit “frictional costs” (e.g., negotiations with, and concessions to, other lien holders) in the event of a workout process. Consistent with our focus on capital preservation, unitranche loans typically have less volatile returns than standalone second lien or mezzanine loans.

Standalone second lien loans. Standalone second lien loans are loans that are typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and have the benefit of a security interest over the assets of the borrower, although ranking junior to first lien loans. Standalone second lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity. Standalone second lien loans can incur greater “frictional costs” (e.g., increased professional costs relating to resolving conflicts among the lenders) in the event of a workout and, partly because of this possible impact on recovery rates, we expect to demand a significantly higher risk premium in the form of higher spreads, call protection and/or warrants for extending standalone second lien loans, compared to first lien loans of similar credit quality.

Standalone first lien loans. Standalone first lien loans are loans that are typically senior on a lien basis to other liabilities in the issuer’s capital structure and have the benefit of a security interest on the assets of the portfolio company. Standalone first lien loans may provide for moderate loan amortization in the early years of the loan, with the majority of the amortization deferred until loan maturity.

Mezzanine loans/structured equity. Mezzanine loans are subordinated to senior secured loans on a payment basis, are typically unsecured and rank pari passu with other unsecured creditors of the issuer. As with standalone second lien loans, we expect to demand a significantly higher risk premium in the form of higher spreads, call protection and/or warrants for mezzanine loans, given the lower recovery rates for such securities due in part to the greater “frictional costs” (e.g., increased professional costs relating to resolving conflicts among the lenders) in a protracted workout. We may take mezzanine type risk in the form of “structured equity” investments. In cases where portfolio companies may be constrained in their ability to raise additional capital in the form of debt, we may have the opportunity to structure preferred equity or other equity-like instruments. These equity instruments typically have redemption rights and will either be convertible into common equity at our option, or will have detachable warrants compensating us for the additional risk inherent in such investments. In most cases, these equity instruments will have debt-like characteristics, which provide more downside protection than a typical equity instrument.

Equity components. In connection with some of our debt investments, we will also invest in preferred or common stock or receive nominally priced warrants or options to buy an equity interest in the portfolio company. As a result, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from this equity interest. The Adviser may structure such equity investments and warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder, as well as a “put,” or right to sell such securities back to the issuer, upon the occurrence of specified events. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights.

Portfolio Management Strategy

Each of the investments in our portfolio is monitored on a daily basis by a member of the Adviser’s investment committee aided by the senior investment professionals of the Investment Team, who also perform credit updates on each investment quarterly.

Risk Ratings

In addition to various risk management and monitoring tools, we use the Adviser’s investment rating system to characterize and monitor the credit profile and expected level of returns on each investment in our portfolio. This investment rating system uses a five-level numeric rating scale. The following is a description of the conditions associated with each investment rating:


Investment Rating 1		Investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment.

Investment Rating 2		Investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans are initially rated 2.

Investment Rating 3		Investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with their financial covenants.

Investment Rating 4		Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in workout. Investments with a rating of 4 are those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected.

Investment Rating 5		Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in workout. Investments with a rating of 5 are those for which some loss of return and principal is expected.

If the Adviser determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment has significantly increased, the Adviser will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions. While the investment rating system identifies the relative risk for each investment, the rating alone does not dictate the scope and/or frequency of any monitoring that will be performed. The frequency of the Adviser’s monitoring of an investment is determined by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the trends in the financial performance of the portfolio company, the investment structure and the type of collateral securing the investment.

The following table shows the investment rankings of the debt investments in our portfolio:


	As of June 30, 2018							As of June 30, 2017
Investment Rating	Fair Value		% of Portfolio			Number of Investments		Fair Value		% of Portfolio			Number of Investments
1	$	6,458,750		2.2	%		1	$	—		—	%		—
2		267,055,281		91.0			29		212,729,243		83.5			18
3		8,765,286		3.0			1		27,899,860		10.9			3
4		10,580,954		3.6			2		6,759,238		2.7			1
5		731,742		0.2			2		7,518,830		2.9			2

Total	$	293,592,013		100.00	%		35	$	254,907,171		100.0	%		24

Determination of Net Asset Value and Portfolio Valuation Process

The net asset value per share of our outstanding shares of common stock is determined quarterly by dividing the value of total assets minus liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.

In calculating the value of our total assets, investment transactions will be recorded on the trade date. Realized gains or losses will be computed using the specific identification method. Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations. Debt and equity securities that are not publicly traded or whose market price is not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors based on the input of our management and audit committee. In addition, our board of directors retains one or more independent valuation firms to review each quarter, the valuation of each portfolio investment for which a market quotation is not available. We also have adopted Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or “ASC 820.” This accounting statement requires us to assume that the portfolio investment is assumed to be sold in the principal market to market participants, or in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market, which may be a hypothetical market. Market participants are defined as buyers and sellers in the principal or most advantageous market that are independent, knowledgeable, and willing and able to transact. In accordance with ASC 820, the market in which we can exit portfolio investments with the greatest volume and level activity is considered our principal market.

Investments for which market quotations are readily available are valued at such market quotations unless the quotations are deemed not to represent fair value. We generally obtain market quotations from recognized exchanges, market quotation systems, independent pricing services or one or more broker dealers or market makers.

Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Because a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio is often not available, we value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty and subjectivity of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events may have differing impacts on the market quotations used to value some of our investments than on the fair values of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Market quotations may also be deemed not to represent fair value in certain circumstances where we believe that facts and circumstances applicable to an issuer, a seller or purchaser, or the market for a particular security causes current market quotations not to reflect the fair value of the security. Examples of these events could include cases where a security trades infrequently, causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale, where there is a “forced” sale by a distressed seller, where market quotations vary substantially among market makers, or where there is a wide bid-ask spread or significant increase in the bid ask spread.

Those investments for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value are valued utilizing a market approach, an income approach, or both approaches, as appropriate. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities (including a business). The income approach uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts (for example, cash flows or earnings) to a single present amount (discounted). The measurement is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. In following these approaches, the types of factors that we may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments include, as relevant and among other factors: available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables, applicable market yields and multiples, security covenants, call protection provisions, information rights, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows, the markets in which the portfolio company does business, comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public, merger and acquisition comparables, our principal market (as the reporting entity) and enterprise values.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

•

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Investment Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment;

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed our senior management and the Investment Adviser;

•

on a periodic basis, at least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm engaged by our board of directors;

•

the valuation committee of our board of directors then reviews these preliminary valuations; and

•

the board of directors then discusses these preliminary valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the Investment Adviser, the independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

Realization of Investments

The potential exit scenarios of a portfolio company will play an important role in evaluating investment decisions. The Adviser will formulate specific exit strategies at the time of each investment. Our debt orientation will provide for increased potential exit opportunities, including the sale of investments in the private markets, the refinancing of investments held, often due to maturity or recapitalizations, and other liquidity events including the sale or merger of the portfolio company. Since we seek to maintain a debt orientation in our investments, we generally expect to receive interest income over the course of the investment period, receiving a significant return on invested capital well in advance of final exit.

Derivatives

We may utilize hedging techniques such as interest rate swaps to mitigate potential interest rate risk on our indebtedness. Such interest rate swaps would principally be used to protect us against higher costs on our indebtedness resulting from increases in both short-term and long-term interest rates. We also may use various hedging and other risk management strategies to seek to manage various risks, including changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Such hedging strategies would be utilized to seek to protect the value of our portfolio investments, for example, against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in our portfolio.

Managerial Assistance

As a BDC, we offer, and must provide upon request, managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. This assistance could involve monitoring the operations of our portfolio companies, participating in board and management meetings, consulting with and advising officers of portfolio companies and providing other organizational and financial guidance. The Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance. We may receive fees for these services and will reimburse the Adviser for its allocated costs in providing such assistance, subject to the review by our board of directors, including our independent directors.

Competition

Our primary competitors in providing financing to middle-market companies include public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial finance companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity funds and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In

addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act imposes on us as a BDC or to the distribution and other requirements we must satisfy to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

We use the expertise of the investment professionals of the Adviser (including those provided to the Adviser under the Services Agreement) to assess investment risks and determine appropriate pricing for our investments in portfolio companies. In addition, we believe the relationships of these investment professionals will enable us to learn about, and compete effectively for, financing opportunities with attractive middle-market companies in the industries in which we seek to invest.

Staffing

We do not have any direct employees, and our day-to-day investment operations are managed by the Adviser. We have a Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer. To the extent necessary, our board of directors may hire additional personnel in the future. Our officers are all employees of the Adviser and our allocable portion of the cost of Rocco DelGuercio, as our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, and his staff, is paid by us pursuant to the Administration Agreement with the Adviser. The Adviser also has a strategic relationship with Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. (“Cyrus Capital”) in which the Adviser can utilize the expertise of Cyrus Capital’s investment, accounting and back office professionals on an as needed basis pursuant to a personnel sharing arrangement.

Management Agreements

Investment Advisory Agreement

Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors and in accordance with the 1940 Act, the Adviser manages our day-to-day operations and provides investment advisory services to us. Under the terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser:

•

determines the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes to our portfolio and the manner of implementing such changes;

•

identifies, evaluates and negotiates the structure of the investments we make;

•

executes, closes, services and monitors the investments we make;

•

determines the securities and other assets that we will purchase, retain or sell;

•

performs due diligence on prospective portfolio companies; and

•

provides us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our funds.

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay the Adviser a fee for investment advisory and management services consisting of two components — a base management fee and an incentive fee. The cost of both the base management fee and the incentive fee will ultimately be borne by our stockholders.

Management Fee

The base management fee is calculated at an annual rate of 1.75% of our gross assets, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents. For services rendered under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the base management fee is payable quarterly in arrears. The base management fee is calculated based on the average value of our gross assets, excluding cash and cash equivalents, at the end of the two most recently completed calendar quarters. Base management fees for any partial month or quarter will be appropriately pro-rated.

Incentive Fee

We pay the Adviser an incentive fee. Incentive fees are calculated as below and payable quarterly in arrears (or, upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date). The incentive fee, which provides the Adviser with a share of the income that it generates for us, has two components, ordinary income and capital gains, calculated as follows:

The ordinary income component is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears based on our pre-incentive fee net investment income for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, subject to a total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts, and is 20.0% of the amount, if any, by which our pre-incentive fee net investment income, expressed as a rate of return on the value of our net assets attributable to our common stock, for the immediately preceding calendar quarter, exceeds a 2.0% (which is 8.0% annualized) hurdle rate and a “catch-up” provision measured as of the end of each calendar quarter. Under this provision, in any calendar quarter, the Adviser receives no incentive fee until our pre-incentive fee net investment income equals the hurdle rate of 2.0%, but then receives, as a “catch-up,” 100% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income with respect to that portion of such pre-incentive fee net investment income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle rate but is less than 2.5% (which is 10.0% annualized). The effect of the “catch-up” provision is that, subject to the total return and deferral provisions discussed below, if pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any calendar quarter, the Adviser receives 20.0% of our pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply. For this purpose, pre-incentive fee net investment income means interest income, dividend income and any other income (including any other fees, such as commitment, origination, structuring, diligence, managerial assistance and consulting fees or other fees that we receive from portfolio companies) accrued during the calendar quarter, minus our operating expenses for the quarter (including the base management fee, expenses payable under the Administration Agreement and any interest expense and any distributions paid on any issued and outstanding preferred stock, but excluding the incentive fee). Pre-incentive fee net investment income includes, in the case of investments with a deferred interest feature (such as original issue discount (“OID”), debt instruments with PIK interest and zero coupon securities), accrued income that we have not yet received in cash. The foregoing incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of our pre-incentive fee net investment income is payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. In other words, any ordinary income incentive fee that is payable in a calendar quarter is limited to the lesser of (i) 20.0% of the amount by which the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income for such calendar quarter exceeds the 2.0% hurdle, subject to the “catch-up” provision, and (ii) (x) 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters minus (y) the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding calendar quarters. For the foregoing purpose, the “cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations” is the amount, if positive, of the sum of pre-incentive fee net investment income, realized gains and losses and unrealized appreciation and depreciation of the Company for the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters. In addition, the portion of such incentive fee that is attributable to deferred interest (such as PIK interest or OID) will be paid to the Adviser only if and to the extent we actually receive such interest in cash, and any accrual thereof will be reversed if and to the extent such interest is reversed in connection with any write-off or similar treatment of the investment giving rise to any deferred interest accrual. Any reversal of such accounts would reduce net income for the quarter by the net amount of the reversal (after taking into account the reversal of incentive fees payable) and would result in a reduction and possible elimination of the incentive fees for such quarter. Notwithstanding any such incentive fee reduction or elimination, there is no accumulation of amounts on the hurdle rate from quarter to quarter, and accordingly there is no clawback of amounts previously paid if subsequent quarters are below the quarterly hurdle, and there is no delay of payment if prior quarters are below the quarterly hurdle.

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not include any realized capital gains, realized capital losses or unrealized capital appreciation or depreciation. Because of the structure of the incentive fee, it is possible that we may pay an incentive fee in a quarter where we incur a loss, subject to the total return requirement and deferral of non-cash amounts. For example, if we receive pre-incentive fee net investment income in excess of

the quarterly minimum hurdle rate, we would pay the applicable incentive fee even if we have incurred a loss in that quarter due to realized and unrealized capital losses. Our net investment income used to calculate this component of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee. These calculations are appropriately prorated for any period of less than three months and adjusted for any share issuances or repurchases during the current quarter.

The following is a graphic representation of the calculation of the income-related portion of the incentive fee:

Quarterly Incentive Fee Based on Net Investment Income

Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income

(expressed as a percentage of the value of net assets)

LOGO

Percentage of Pre-incentive Fee Net Investment Income

Allocated to Income-Related Portion of Incentive Fee

The capital gains component of the incentive fee is determined and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year (or upon termination of the Investment Advisory Agreement, as of the termination date), commencing on December 31, 2014, and is equal to 20.0% of our cumulative aggregate realized capital gains from inception through the end of that calendar year, computed net of our aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and our aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gains incentive fees, provided that the incentive fee determined as of December 31, 2014 will be calculated for a period of shorter than twelve calendar months to take into account any realized capital gains computed net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation for the period ending December 31, 2014. If such amount is negative, then no capital gains incentive fee will be payable for such year. Additionally, if the Investment Advisory Agreement is terminated as of a date that is not a calendar year end, the termination date will be treated as though it were a calendar year end for purposes of calculating and paying the capital gains incentive fee.

Under GAAP, we calculate the capital gains component of the incentive fee as if we had realized all assets at their fair values as of the reporting date. Accordingly, we accrue a provisional capital gains incentive fee taking into account any unrealized gains or losses. As the provisional capital gains incentive fee is subject to the performance of investments until there is a realization event, the amount of the provisional capital gains incentive fee accrued at a reporting date may vary from the capital gains incentive that is ultimately realized and the differences could be material.

Examples of Quarterly Incentive Fee Calculation

Example 1: Income Related Portion of Incentive Fee before Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Alternative 1

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 1.25%

Hurdle rate⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 0.6125%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income does not exceed hurdle rate, therefore there is no income-related incentive fee.

Alternative 2

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 2.9%

Hurdle rate⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.2625%

Incentive fee = 100% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”)⁽⁴⁾

= 100% × (2.2625% – 2.0%)

= 0.2625%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, but does not fully satisfy the “catch-up” provision; therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.2625%.

Alternative 3

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%


Incentive fee =		100% × Pre-incentive fee net investment income (subject to “catch-up”)⁽⁴⁾

Incentive fee =		100% × “catch-up” + (20.0% × (Pre-Incentive Fee Net Investment Income – 2.5%))

“Catch-up” = 2.5% – 2.0%
= 0.5%

Incentive fee =		(100% × 0.5%) + (20.0% × (2.8625% – 2.5%))
= 0.5% + (20.0% × 0.3625%)
= 0.5% + 0.725%
= 0.5725%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate, and fully satisfies the “catch-up” provision; therefore the income related portion of the incentive fee is 0.5725%.

(1)	Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.

(2)	Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.

(3)	Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

(4)	The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter.

Example 2: Income Portion of Incentive Fee with Total Return Requirement Calculation:

Alternative 1:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%

Cumulative incentive compensation accrued and/or paid for preceding 11 calendar quarters = $9,000,000 20.0% of cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over current and preceding 11 calendar quarters = $8,000,000

Although our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% (as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above), no incentive fee is payable because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters did not exceed the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters.

Alternative 2:

Assumptions

Investment income (including interest, dividends, fees, etc.) = 3.5%

Hurdle rate⁽¹⁾ = 2.0%

Management fee⁽²⁾ = 0.4375%

Other expenses (legal, accounting, custodian, transfer agent, etc.)⁽³⁾ = 0.2%

Pre-incentive fee net investment income

(investment income – (management fee + other expenses) = 2.8625%

Because our pre-incentive fee net investment income exceeds the hurdle rate of 2.0% and because 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding calendar quarters exceeds the cumulative income and capital gains incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the preceding 11 calendar quarters, an incentive fee would be payable, as shown in Alternative 3 of Example 1 above.

(1)	Represents 8.0% annualized hurdle rate.

(2)	Represents 1.75% annualized base management fee.

(3)	Excludes organizational and offering expenses.

(4)	The “catch-up” provision is intended to provide the Adviser with an incentive fee of 20.0% on all pre-incentive fee net investment income as if a hurdle rate did not apply when our net investment income exceeds 2.5% in any fiscal quarter.

Example 3: Capital Gains Portion of Incentive Fee(*):

Alternative 1:

Assumptions


Year 1:		$2.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), and $3.0 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”)
Year 2:		Investment A sold for $5.0 million and fair market value (“FMV”) of Investment B determined to be $3.5 million
Year 3:		FMV of Investment B determined to be $2.0 million
Year 4:		Investment B sold for $3.25 million

The capital gains portion of the incentive fee would be:


Year 1:		None

Year 2:		Capital gains incentive fee of $0.6 million — ($3.0 million realized capital gains on sale of Investment A multiplied by 20.0%)

Year 3:		None — $0.4 million (20.0% multiplied by ($3.0 million cumulative capital gains less $1.0 million cumulative capital depreciation)) less $0.6 million (previous capital gains fee paid in Year 2)

Year 4:		Capital gains incentive fee of $50,000 — $0.65 million ($3.25 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20%) less $0.6 million (capital gains incentive fee taken in Year 2)

Alternative 2

Assumptions


Year 1:		$2.0 million investment made in Company A (“Investment A”), $5.25 million investment made in Company B (“Investment B”) and $4.5 million investment made in Company C (“Investment C”)

Year 2:		Investment A sold for $4.5 million, FMV of Investment B determined to be $4.75 million and FMV of Investment C determined to be $4.5 million

Year 3:		FMV of Investment B determined to be $5.0 million and Investment C sold for $5.5 million

Year 4:		FMV of Investment B determined to be $6.0 million

Year 5:		Investment B sold for $4.0 million

The capital gains incentive fee, if any, would be:


Year 1:		None

Year 2:		Capital gains incentive fee of $0.4 million — 20.0% multiplied by $2.0 million ($2.5 million realized capital gains on Investment A less $0.5 million unrealized capital depreciation on Investment B)

Year 3:		$0.25 million capital gains incentive fee⁽¹⁾ — $0.65 million (20.0% multiplied by $3.25 million ($3.5 million cumulative realized capital gains less $0.25 million unrealized capital depreciation)) less $0.4 million capital gains incentive fee received in Year 2

Year 4:		$0.05 million capital gains incentive fee — $0.7 million ($3.50 million cumulative realized capital gains multiplied by 20.0%) less $0.65 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2 and Year 3

Year 5:		None — $0.45 million (20.0% multiplied by $2.25 million (cumulative realized capital gains of $3.5 million less realized capital losses of $1.25 million)) less $0.7 million cumulative capital gains incentive fee paid in Year 2, Year 3 and Year 4⁽²⁾

*	The hypothetical amounts of returns shown are based on a percentage of our total net assets and assume no leverage. There is no guarantee that positive returns will be realized and actual returns may vary from those shown in this example.

(1)

As illustrated in Year 3 of Alternative 1 above, if a portfolio company were to be wound up on a date other than its fiscal year end of any year, it may have paid aggregate capital gains incentive fees that are more than the amount of such fees that would be payable if such portfolio company had been wound up on its fiscal year end of such year.

(2)	As noted above, it is possible that the cumulative aggregate capital gains fee received by the Adviser ($0.70 million) is effectively greater than $0.45 million (20% of cumulative aggregate realized capital gains less net realized capital losses or net unrealized depreciation ($2.25 million)).

Payment of Our Expenses

The base management fee and incentive compensation remunerates the Adviser for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:

•

our organization, the formation transactions and offerings;

•

calculating our net asset value (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm);

•

fees and expenses payable to third parties, including agents, consultants or other advisors, in monitoring financial and legal affairs for us and in monitoring our investments and performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies or otherwise relating to, or associated with, evaluating and making investments;

•

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;

•

other offerings of our common stock and other securities;

•

administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including our allocable portion of the Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and their respective staffs);

•

transfer agent, dividend agent and custodial fees and expenses;

•

costs associated with our reporting and compliance obligations under the 1940 Act, as amended, and other applicable federal and state securities laws, and stock exchange listing fees;

•

fees and expenses associated with independent audits and outside legal costs;

•

federal, state and local taxes;

•

independent directors’ fees and expenses;

•

costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to or communications and meetings with stockholders;

•

costs associated with investor relations;

•

costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

•

direct costs and expenses of administration, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff; and

•

all other expenses incurred by us or the Adviser in connection with administering our business.

Duration and Termination

Unless terminated earlier as described below, the Investment Advisory Agreement will remain in effect from year to year if approved annually by our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities, and, in either case, if also approved by a majority of our directors who are not “interested persons.” The Investment Advisory Agreement automatically terminates in the event of its assignment, as defined in the 1940 Act, by the Adviser and may be terminated by either party without penalty upon not less than 60 days’ written notice to the other. The holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities may also terminate the Investment Advisory Agreement without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice.

Indemnification

The Investment Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Investment Advisory Agreement or otherwise as the Adviser.

Board Approval of the Investment Advisory Agreement

Our board of directors approved the Investment Advisory Agreement at its first meeting, held on October 8, 2013, which became effective in February 2014. At a meeting of our board of directors held in November 2017, our board of directors, including a majority of the independent directors, approved the annual continuation of the Investment Advisory Agreement. In its consideration of the Investment Advisory Agreement, the board of directors reviewed a significant amount of information and considered, among other things: (a) the nature, quality and extent of the advisory and other services to be provided to us by our Adviser; (b) comparative data with respect to advisory fees or similar expenses paid by other BDCs with similar investment objectives; (c) any existing and potential sources of indirect income to our Adviser from its relationships with us and the profitability of those relationships; (d) information about the services to be performed and the personnel performing such services under the Investment Advisory Agreement; (e) the organizational capability and financial condition of our Adviser; and (f) various other factors.

In voting to approve the Investment Advisory Agreement, our board of directors, including all of the directors who are not “interested persons,” of the Company, made the following conclusions:

•

Nature, Extent and Quality of Services. Our board of directors considered the nature, extent and quality of the advisory and other services to be provided by the Adviser, including the investment performance of the Investment Team. Our board of directors also considered the investment selection process expected to be employed by the Adviser, including the flow of transaction opportunities resulting from the Investment Team’s significant experience in structuring strategic capital for business expansion, refinancings, capital restructuring, post-reorganization financing and servicing the general corporate needs of middle-market companies; the employment of the Adviser’s investment philosophy, diligence procedures, credit recommendation process, investment structuring, and ongoing relationships with and monitoring of portfolio companies, in light of the investment objective of the Company. Our board of directors also considered the Adviser’s personnel and their prior experience in connection with the types of investments made by us, including such personnel’s corporate relationships and relationships with private equity firms, investment banks, restructuring advisors, law firms, boutique advisory firms and distressed/specialty lenders. In addition, our board of directors considered the other terms and conditions of the Investment Advisory Agreement. Our board of directors determined that the substantive terms of the Investment Advisory Agreement (other than the fees payable thereunder, which our board of directors reviewed separately), including the services to be provided, are similar to those of comparable BDCs described in the available market data and in the best interests of our stockholders.

•

Projected Costs of the Services Provided to the Company. Our board of directors considered (i) comparative data based on publicly available information with respect to services rendered and the advisory fees (including the base management fee and incentive fees) of other externally managed BDCs that invest in similar securities, our total expenses, and expense ratios compared to other BDCs of similar size and with similar investment objectives, (ii) the administrative services that the Adviser will provide to us at cost pursuant to the Administration Agreement, and (iii) potential fee waivers by the Adviser. Based upon its review, our board of directors determined that the fees to be paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement are reasonable in relation to the services expected to be provided by the Adviser.

•

Projected Profitability of the Adviser. Our board of directors considered information about the Adviser, including the anticipated costs of the services to be provided by the Adviser and the anticipated profits to be realized by the Adviser, which would generally be equal or similar to the profitability of investment advisers managing comparable BDCs. Our board of directors reviewed our investment performance, as well as comparative data with respect to the investment performance of other externally-managed BDCs, as it relates to the management and incentive fees we pay the Adviser. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that our investment performance supported the renewal of the Investment Advisory Agreement.

•

Economies of Scale. Our board of directors considered the extent to which economies of scale would be realized as the Company grows, and whether the fees payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement reflect these economies of scale for the benefit of the our stockholders. Taking into account such information, our board of directors determined that the advisory fee structure under the Investment Advisory Agreement was reasonable with respect to any economies of scale that may be realized as the Company grows.

•

Limited Potential for Additional Benefits Derived by the Adviser. Our board of directors considered existing and potential sources of indirect income the Adviser receive as a result of the relationship with us, and whether there would be potential for additional benefits to be derived by the Adviser as a result of our relationship with the Adviser, and was advised any such potential would be limited.

Conclusions: In view of the wide variety of factors that our board of directors considered in connection with its evaluation of the Investment Advisory Agreement, it is not practical to quantify, rank or otherwise assign relative weights to the specific factors it considered in reaching its decision. Our board of directors did not undertake to make any specific determination as to whether any particular factor, or any aspect of any particular factor, was favorable or unfavorable to the ultimate determination of our board of directors. Rather, our board of directors based its approval on the totality of information presented to, and the investigation conducted by, it. In considering the factors discussed above, individual directors may have given different weights to different factors.

Based on the information reviewed and the discussions, the board of directors, including a majority of the non-interested directors, concluded that the investment management fee rates and terms are reasonable in relation to the services to be provided and approved the Investment Advisory Agreement as being in the best interests of our stockholders. Our board of directors will next consider the Investment Advisory Agreement at a meeting in November 2018.

Administration Agreement

Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser furnishes us with office facilities and equipment and provides us with clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services at such facilities. Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser performs, or oversees the performance of, our required administrative services, which includes, among other things, being responsible for the financial and other records that we are required to maintain and preparing reports to our stockholders and reports and other materials filed with the SEC.

In addition, the Adviser assists us in determining and publishing our net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of our tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to our stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of our expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to us by others. Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser also provides managerial assistance on our behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted our offer to provide such assistance. The Adviser may satisfy certain of its obligations under the Administration Agreement to us through the Services Agreement with Cyrus Capital, including supplying us with accounting and back-office professionals upon the request of the Adviser.

Payments under the Administration Agreement equal an amount based upon our allocable portion (subject to the review of our board of directors) of the Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, the fees and expenses associated with performing compliance functions and our allocable portion of the cost of our Chief Financial Officer and Chief Compliance Officer and their respective staffs. In addition, if requested to provide significant managerial assistance to our portfolio companies, the Adviser will be paid an additional amount based on the services provided, which shall not exceed the amount we receive from such portfolio companies for providing this assistance. The Administration Agreement has an initial term of two years and may be renewed with the approval of our board of directors. The Administration Agreement may be terminated by either party without penalty upon 60 days’ written notice to the other party. To the extent that the Adviser outsources any of its functions, we pay the fees associated with such functions on a direct basis without any incremental profit to the Adviser.

Indemnification

The Administration Agreement provides that, absent criminal conduct, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from us for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Administration Agreement or otherwise as our administrator.

License Agreement

We have entered into a license agreement with the Adviser under which the Adviser has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.” Under this agreement, we have a right to use the “CM Finance” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains the Adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, we have no legal right to the “CM Finance” name. This license agreement will remain in effect for so long as the Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser is in effect.

Exchange Act Reports

We maintain a website at www.cmfn-inc.com. The information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 10-K.

We make available on or through our website certain reports and amendments to those reports that we file with or furnish to the SEC in accordance with the Exchange Act. These include our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K. We make this information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC.

Regulation as a BDC

We are a BDC under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act contains prohibitions and restrictions relating to transactions between BDCs and their affiliates (including any investment advisers), principal underwriters and affiliates of those affiliates or underwriters and requires that a majority of the directors be persons other than “interested persons,” as that term is defined in the 1940 Act. In addition, the 1940 Act provides that we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or to withdraw our election as, a BDC unless approved by a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

We may invest up to 100% of our assets in securities acquired directly from issuers in privately negotiated transactions. With respect to such securities, we may, for the purpose of public resale, be deemed an “underwriter” as that term is defined in the Securities Act. Our intention is to not write (sell) or buy put or call options to manage risks associated with the publicly traded securities of our portfolio companies, except that we may enter into hedging transactions to manage the risks associated with interest rate fluctuations. However, we may purchase or otherwise receive warrants to purchase the common stock of our portfolio companies in connection with acquisition financing or other investments. Similarly, in connection with an acquisition, we may acquire rights to require the issuers of acquired securities or their affiliates to repurchase them under certain circumstances. We also do not intend to acquire securities issued by any investment company that exceed the limits imposed by the 1940 Act. Under these limits, we generally cannot acquire more than 3% of the voting stock of any registered investment company, invest more than 5% of the value of our total assets in the securities of one investment company or invest more than 10% of the value of our total assets in the securities of more than one investment company. With regard to that portion of our portfolio invested in securities issued by investment companies, it should be noted that such investments might subject our stockholders to additional expenses. None of these policies is fundamental and may be changed without stockholder approval upon 60 days’ prior written notice to stockholders.

Qualifying Assets

Under the 1940 Act, a BDC may not acquire any asset other than assets of the type listed in section 55(a) of the 1940 Act, which are referred to as “qualifying assets,” unless, at the time the acquisition is made, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the company’s total assets. The principal categories of qualifying assets relevant to our business are the following:

(1)

Securities purchased in transactions not involving any public offering from the issuer of such securities, which issuer (subject to certain limited exceptions) is an eligible portfolio company, or from any person who is, or has been during the preceding 13 months, an affiliated person of an eligible portfolio company, or from any other person, subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the SEC. Under the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, “eligible portfolio companies” include (1) private domestic operating companies, (2) public domestic operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange (e.g., NASDAQ), and (3) public domestic operating companies having a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public domestic operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin board or through Pink Sheets LLC are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies.

(2)

Securities of any eligible portfolio company which we control.

(3)

Securities purchased in a private transaction from a U.S. issuer that is not an investment company or from an affiliated person of the issuer, or in transactions incident to such a private transaction, if the issuer is in bankruptcy and subject to reorganization or if the issuer, immediately prior to the purchase of its securities, was unable to meet its obligations as they came due without material assistance other than conventional lending or financing arrangements.

(4)

Securities of an eligible portfolio company purchased from any person in a private transaction if there is no ready market for such securities and we already own 60% of the outstanding equity of the eligible portfolio company.

(5)

Securities received in exchange for or distributed on or with respect to securities described above, or pursuant to the exercise of warrants or rights relating to such securities.

(6)

Cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or high-quality debt securities that mature in one year or less from the date of investment.

The regulations defining qualifying assets may change over time. We may adjust our investment focus as needed to comply with and/or take advantage of any regulatory, legislative, administrative or judicial actions in this area.

Managerial Assistance to Portfolio Companies

Business development companies generally must offer to make available to the issuer of the securities significant managerial assistance, except in circumstances where either (i) the business development company controls such issuer of securities or (ii) the business development company purchases such securities in conjunction with one or more other persons acting together and one of the other persons in the group makes available such managerial assistance. Making available managerial assistance means any arrangement whereby the business development company, through its directors, officers, employees or agents, offers to provide, and, if accepted, does so provide, significant guidance and counsel concerning the management, operations or business objectives and policies of a portfolio company. The Adviser will provide such managerial assistance on our behalf to portfolio companies that request this assistance.

Temporary Investments

Pending investment in other types of qualifying assets, as described above, our investments may consist of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, repurchase agreements and high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from the date of investment, which we refer to, collectively, as temporary investments, so that 70% of our assets are qualifying assets or temporary investments. Typically, we will invest in U.S. Treasury bills or in repurchase agreements, so long as the agreements are fully collateralized by cash or securities issued by the U.S. government or its agencies. A repurchase agreement involves the purchase by an investor, such as us, of a specified security and the simultaneous agreement by the seller to repurchase it at an agreed-upon future date and at a price that is greater than the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon interest rate. There is no percentage restriction on the proportion of our assets that may be invested in such repurchase agreements. However, if more than 25% of our total assets constitute repurchase agreements from a single counterparty, we would not meet the diversification tests in order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, we do not intend to enter into repurchase agreements with a single counterparty in excess of this limit. The Adviser will monitor the creditworthiness of the counterparties with which we enter into repurchase agreement transactions.

Senior Securities

We are generally permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple classes of indebtedness and one class of stock senior to our common stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is at least equal to 200% immediately after each such issuance. In addition, while any senior securities remain outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit any distribution to our stockholders or the repurchase of such securities or shares unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at the time of the distribution or repurchase. However, recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. We are permitted to increase our leverage capacity if stockholders representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If we receive such stockholder approval, we would be permitted to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, the legislation allows the “required majority” of our independent directors, as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act, to approve such an increase in our leverage capacity, with such approval becoming effective after one year. In either

case, we would be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, our leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage.

In accordance with recent legislation, on May 2, 2018, our board of directors, including a “required majority,” approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act. As a result, our asset coverage requirements for senior securities will change from 200% to 150%, effective May 2, 2019. For a discussion of this recent legislation, see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Structure — Our board of directors has approved our ability to incur additional leverage as permitted by recent legislation.” We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Business and Structure — Regulations governing our operation as a business development company will affect our ability to, and the way in which we, raise additional capital. As a business development company, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.”

Common Stock

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock at a price below the current net asset value of the common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests and that of our stockholders, and our stockholders approve such sale. In any such case, the price at which our securities are to be issued and sold may not be less than a price which, in the determination of our board of directors, closely approximates the market value of such securities (less any distributing commission or discount).

Codes of Ethics

We and the Adviser have each adopted a code of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act that establishes procedures for personal investments and restricts certain personal securities transactions. Personnel subject to each such code may invest in securities for their personal investment accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us, so long as such investments are made in accordance with such code’s requirements. You may read and copy our code of ethics at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at (202) 551-8090. In addition, each code of ethics is available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain copies of each code of ethics, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

We have delegated our proxy voting responsibility to the Adviser. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of the Adviser are set out below. The guidelines will be reviewed periodically by the Adviser and our directors who are not “interested persons,” and, accordingly, are subject to change.

Introduction

As an investment adviser registered under the Advisers Act, the Adviser has a fiduciary duty to act solely in our best interests. As part of this duty, the Adviser recognizes that it must vote our securities in a timely manner free of conflicts of interest and in our best interests.

The Adviser’s policies and procedures for voting proxies for its investment advisory clients are intended to comply with Section 206 of, and Rule 206(4)-6 under, the Advisers Act.

Proxy Policies

The Adviser votes proxies relating to our portfolio securities in what it perceives to be the best interest of our stockholders. The Adviser reviews on a case-by-case basis each proposal submitted to a stockholder vote to determine its effect on the portfolio securities we hold. In most cases, the Adviser will vote in favor of proposals that the Adviser believes are likely to increase the value of the portfolio securities we hold. Although the Adviser will generally vote against proposals that may have a negative effect on our portfolio securities, the Adviser may vote for such a proposal if there exist compelling long-term reasons to do so.

The Adviser has established a proxy voting committee and adopted proxy voting guidelines and related procedures. The proxy voting committee establishes proxy voting guidelines and procedures, oversees the internal proxy voting process, and reviews proxy voting issues. To ensure that the Adviser’s vote is not the product of a conflict of interest, the Adviser requires that (1) anyone involved in the decision-making process disclose to our Chief Compliance Officer any potential conflict that he or she is aware of and any contact that he or she has had with any interested party regarding a proxy vote; and (2) employees involved in the decision- making process or vote administration are prohibited from revealing how the Adviser intends to vote on a proposal in order to reduce any attempted influence from interested parties. Where conflicts of interest may be present, the Adviser will disclose such conflicts to us, including our independent directors and may request guidance from us on how to vote such proxies.

Proxy Voting Records

You may obtain information about how the Adviser voted proxies by making a written request for proxy voting information to: CM Finance Inc, Attention: Investor Relations, 601 Lexington Avenue, 26^th Floor, New York, New York 10022, or by calling us collect at (212) 257-5199. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains this information.

Privacy Principles

We are committed to maintaining the privacy of our stockholders and to safeguarding their nonpublic personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information we collect, how we protect that information and why, in certain cases, we may share information with select other parties.

Generally, we do not receive any nonpublic personal information relating to our stockholders, although certain nonpublic personal information of our stockholders may become available to us. We do not disclose any nonpublic personal information about our stockholders or former stockholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service stockholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third-party administrator).

We restrict access to nonpublic personal information about our stockholders to employees of the Adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. We intend to maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the nonpublic personal information of our stockholders.

Other

We are required to provide and maintain a bond issued by a reputable fidelity insurance company to protect us against larceny and embezzlement. Furthermore, as a BDC, we are prohibited from protecting any director or officer against any liability to us or our stockholders arising from willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such person’s office.

We and the Adviser are each required to adopt and implement written policies and procedures reasonably designed to prevent violation of relevant federal securities laws, review these policies and procedures annually for their adequacy and the effectiveness of their implementation, and designate a chief compliance officer to be responsible for administering the policies and procedures.

We may be prohibited under the 1940 Act from knowingly participating in certain transactions with our affiliates without the prior approval of our board of directors who are not interested persons and, in some cases, prior approval by the SEC. Thus, based on current SEC interpretations, co-investment transactions involving a BDC like us and an entity that is advised by the Adviser or an affiliated adviser generally could not be effected without SEC relief. The staff of the SEC has, however, granted no-action relief permitting purchases of a single class of privately placed securities, provided that the adviser negotiates no term other than price and certain other conditions are met. As a result, we only expect to co-invest on a concurrent basis with investment funds, accounts or investment vehicles managed by the Adviser when each of us and such investment fund, account or investment vehicle will own the same securities of the issuer and when no term is negotiated other than price. Any such investment would be made, subject to compliance with existing regulatory guidance, applicable regulations and our allocation procedures. If opportunities arise that would otherwise be appropriate for us and for an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by the Adviser to invest in different securities of the same issuer, the Adviser will need to decide which fund will proceed with the investment. Moreover, except in certain circumstances, we will be unable to invest in any issuer in which an investment fund, account or investment vehicle managed by the Adviser has previously invested.

Under the Stifel arrangement and subject to certain restrictions, Stifel uses its commercially reasonable efforts to present to the Adviser the opportunity to review and bid on all Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities consistent with our investment strategy. Subject to the approval of our board of directors, as necessary under the 1940 Act, and certain other limitations, Stifel may invest in the same portfolio companies that we invest in (regardless of whether our investment arose from a Stifel-originated opportunity) and Stifel may, through such investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its interest in the Adviser. We believe that we may co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates upon approval of the “required majority” of our directors as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act.

As a result of the relationship with Cyrus Capital and certain funds (the “Cyrus Funds”) managed by Cyrus Capital, we could be presumed to be an affiliate of the Cyrus Funds under the 1940 Act. We believe we may co-invest with the Cyrus Funds upon approval of the “required majority” of our directors as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act. In addition, the Cyrus Funds may, through such co-investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its economic interest in the Adviser. Cyrus Capital may also provide us with investment opportunities.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 imposes a wide variety of regulatory requirements on publicly held companies and their insiders. Many of these requirements affect us. For example:

•

pursuant to Rule 13a-14 under the Exchange Act, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer must certify the accuracy of the financial statements contained in our periodic reports;

•

pursuant to Item 307 under Regulation S-K, our periodic reports must disclose our conclusions about the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures;

•

pursuant to Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our management must prepare an annual report regarding its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting; and

•

pursuant to Item 308 of Regulation S-K and Rule 13a-15 under the Exchange Act, our periodic reports must disclose whether there were significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or in other factors that could significantly affect these controls subsequent to the date of their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company

As a BDC, we intend to elect to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally do not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income that we distribute to our stockholders as dividends. To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as described below). In addition, to qualify for RIC tax treatment we must distribute to our stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of our “investment company taxable income,” which is generally our ordinary income plus the excess of our realized net short-term capital gains over our realized net long-term capital losses (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).

If we qualify as a RIC and satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, then we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of our income we distribute (or are deemed to distribute) to stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gains not distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.

We will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal excise tax on certain undistributed income unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income for each calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year and (3) any income recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years (the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”).

In order to qualify as a RIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we must, among other things:

•

continue to qualify as a BDC under the 1940 Act at all times during each taxable year;

•

derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities, net income from certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships,” or other income derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock or securities (the “90% Income Test”); and

•

diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the taxable year:

•

at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash equivalents, U.S. Government securities, securities of other RICs, and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and

•

no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in the securities, other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs, of one issuer, of two or more issuers that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or businesses or of certain “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).

We may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. We may also have to include in income other amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as PIK interest and deferred loan origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Because any original issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.

Although we do not presently expect to do so, we are authorized to borrow funds and to sell assets in order to satisfy the distribution requirements. However, under the 1940 Act, we are not permitted in certain circumstances to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless certain “asset coverage” tests are met. Moreover, our ability to dispose of assets to meet our distribution requirements may be limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or (2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC, including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times that, from an investment standpoint, are not advantageous.

In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each stockholder may elect to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all stockholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a pro rata amount of cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any stockholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than 20% of his or her entire distribution in cash. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or private letter rulings.

Failure to Maintain our Qualification as a RIC

If we fail to satisfy the 90% Income Test or the Diversification Tests for any taxable year, we may nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such year if certain relief provisions are applicable (which may, among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes or to dispose of certain assets).

If we were unable to qualify for treatment as a RIC and the foregoing relief provisions are not applicable, we would be subject to tax on all of our taxable income at regular corporate rates, regardless of whether we make any distributions to our stockholders. Distributions would not be required, and any distributions would be taxable to our stockholders as ordinary dividend income that, subject to certain limitations, may be eligible for the 20% maximum rate to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits provided certain holding period and other requirements were met. Subject to certain limitations under the Code, corporate distributees would be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital to the extent of the stockholder’s tax basis, and any remaining distributions would be treated as a capital gain. To requalify as a RIC in a subsequent taxable year, we would be required to satisfy the RIC qualification requirements for that year and dispose of any earnings and profits from any year in which we failed to qualify as a RIC. Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one year prior to disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the second year following the nonqualifying year, we could be subject to tax on any unrealized net built-in gains in the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to qualify as a RIC that are recognized within the subsequent five years, unless we made a special election to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such built-in gain at the time of our requalification as a RIC.

Our Status as an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These eased requirements include an exemption from certain financial disclosure and governance requirements and relaxed restrictions on the sale of securities. The JOBS Act provides scaled disclosure provisions for emerging growth companies,

including, among other things, removing the requirement that emerging growth companies comply with Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404(b) auditor attestation of internal control over financial reporting. Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act also permits an emerging growth companies to elect an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until such time as these new or revised standards are made applicable to all private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering in February 2014, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

The NASDAQ Stock Market Corporate Governance Regulations

Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CMFN.” The Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CMFNL.” The NASDAQ Stock Market has adopted corporate governance regulations with which listed companies must comply. We are in compliance with such corporate governance listing standards applicable to BDCs.

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a number of significant risks. Before you invest in our securities, you should be aware of various risks, including those described below. You should carefully consider these risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this annual report on Form 10-K, before you decide whether to make an investment in our securities. The risks set out below are the principal risks with respect to an investment in our securities generally and with respect to a BDC with investment objectives, investment policies, capital structures or trading markets similar to ours. However, they may not be the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or not presently deemed material by us may also impair our operations and performance. If any of the following events occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the net asset value of our common stock and the trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Structure

Capital markets may experience periods of disruption and instability and we cannot predict when these conditions will occur. Such market conditions could materially and adversely affect debt and equity capital markets in the United States and abroad, which could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The U.S. and global capital markets experienced extreme volatility and disruption during the economic downturn that began in mid-2007, and the U.S. economy was in a recession for several consecutive calendar quarters during the same period. In 2010, a financial crisis emerged in Europe, triggered by high budget deficits and rising direct and contingent sovereign debt, which created concerns about the ability of certain nations to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations. Risks resulting from such debt crisis and any future debt crisis in Europe or any similar crisis elsewhere could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in certain countries and the financial condition of financial institutions generally. In July and August 2015, Greece reached agreements with its creditors for bailouts that provide aid in exchange for certain austerity measures. These and similar austerity measures may adversely affect world economic conditions and have an adverse impact on our business and that of our portfolio companies. In the second quarter of 2015, stock prices in China experienced a significant drop, resulting primarily from continued sell-off of shares trading in Chinese markets. In August 2015, Chinese authorities sharply devalued China’s currency. These market and economic disruptions adversely affected, and these and other similar market and economic disruptions may in the future affect, the U.S. capital markets, which could adversely affect our business and that of our portfolio companies. These market disruptions materially and adversely affected, and may in the future affect, the broader financial and credit markets and has reduced the availability of debt and equity capital for the market as a whole and to financial firms, in particular. Additionally, since December 2015, the Federal Reserve has continually raised its federal funds target rate. However, if key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate or inflation, do not progress at a rate consistent with the Federal Reserve’s objectives, the target range for the federal funds rate may further increase and cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms and may also increase the costs of our borrowers, hampering their ability to repay us.

At various times, these disruptions resulted in, and may in the future result, a lack of liquidity in parts of the debt capital markets, significant write-offs in the financial services sector and the repricing of credit risk. These conditions may reoccur for a prolonged period of time again or materially worsen in the future, including as a result of further downgrades to the U.S. government’s sovereign credit rating or the perceived credit worthiness of the United States or other large global economies. Unfavorable economic conditions, including future recessions, also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. We may in the future have difficulty accessing debt and equity capital on attractive terms, or at all, and a severe disruption and instability in the global financial markets or deteriorations in credit and financing conditions may cause us to reduce the volume of loans we originate and/or fund,

adversely affect the value of our portfolio investments or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on us.

Legislative or other actions relating to taxes could have a negative effect on the Company. The rules dealing with U.S. federal income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the IRS and the U.S. Treasury Department. On December 20, 2017, the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate each voted to approve H.R. 1 (the “Tax Cuts and Jobs Act”) and, on December 22, 2017, President Trump signed the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act into law. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act makes many changes to the Code, including, among other things, significant changes to the taxation of business entities, the deductibility of interest expense, and the tax treatment of capital investment. We cannot predict with certainty how any changes in the tax laws might affect the Fund, investors, or the Fund’s portfolio investments.

The United Kingdom referendum decision to leave the European Union may create significant risks and uncertainty for global markets and our investments.

The 2016 decision made in the United Kingdom referendum to leave the European Union has led to volatility in global financial markets, and in particular in the markets of the United Kingdom and across Europe, and may also lead to weakening in consumer, corporate and financial confidence in the United Kingdom and Europe. The extent and process by which the United Kingdom will exit the European Union, and the longer term economic, legal, political and social framework to be put in place between the United Kingdom and the European Union are unclear at this stage and are likely to lead to ongoing political and economic uncertainty and periods of exacerbated volatility in both the United Kingdom and in wider European markets for some time. In particular, the decision made in the United Kingdom referendum may lead to a call for similar referenda in other European jurisdictions which may cause increased economic volatility and uncertainty in the European and global markets. This volatility and uncertainty may have an adverse effect on the economy generally and on our ability of and the ability of our portfolio companies to execute our respective strategies and to receive attractive returns.

In particular, currency volatility may mean that our returns and the returns of our portfolio companies are adversely affected by market movements and may make it more difficult, or more expensive, for us to implement appropriate currency hedging. Potential decline in the value of the British Pound and/or the euro against other currencies, along with the potential downgrading of the United Kingdom’s sovereign credit rating, may also have an impact on the performance of any of our portfolio companies located in the United Kingdom or Europe.

We depend upon key personnel of the Adviser for our future success. If the Adviser were to lose any of its key personnel, our ability to achieve our investment objective could be significantly harmed.

We depend on the diligence, skill, experience and network of business contacts of the Investment Team of the Adviser, in particular Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, who are also members of the Adviser’s investment committee, our executive officers and members of our board of directors. We can offer no assurance that Messrs. Mauer and Jansen will continue to provide investment advice to us. The loss of either Mr. Mauer or Mr. Jansen could limit our ability to achieve our investment objective and operate as we anticipate.

In addition, we are dependent on the other members of the Investment Team. If any of the members of the Investment Team were to resign, we may not be able to hire investment professionals with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, and our financial condition, business and results of operations may be adversely affected. Even if we are able to retain comparable professionals the integration of such investment professionals and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our business model depends to a significant extent upon our Adviser’s network of relationships. Any inability of the Adviser to maintain or develop these relationships, or the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.

We depend upon the Adviser to maintain its relationships with private equity sponsors, placement agents, investment banks, management groups and other financial institutions, including Stifel and Cyrus Capital, and we expect to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If the Adviser or members of the Investment Team fail to maintain such relationships, or to develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the Adviser has relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and we can offer no assurance that these relationships will generate investment opportunities for us in the future.

Our relationship with Cyrus Capital may create conflicts of interest.

The Cyrus Funds, managed by Cyrus Capital, own approximately 28% of our outstanding common stock. The Cyrus Funds also have a 38% indirect economic interest in the Adviser. Pursuant to the services arrangement with Cyrus Capital, employees of Cyrus Capital, including administrative professionals and investment professionals (the “Cyrus Professionals”), will be made available to the Adviser upon request of the Adviser on an as needed basis. These Cyrus Professionals also engage in investment advisory activities for the private investment funds managed by Cyrus Capital, including the Cyrus Funds, which could result in conflicts of interest with respect to, among other things, the allocation of investment opportunities, and may distract them from their responsibilities to us. Upon request of the Adviser, Cyrus Capital also may provide certain financial, accounting and administrative services to the Adviser pursuant to the Services Agreement upon which the Adviser may rely to satisfy its obligations under the Administration Agreement.

In addition, as a result of the relationship with Cyrus Capital and the Cyrus Funds, we could be presumed to be an affiliate of the Cyrus Funds under the 1940 Act. We believe we may co-invest with the Cyrus Funds upon approval of the “required majority” of our directors as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act. However, we can provide no assurance that the SEC or its staff will not take a contrary position. If the SEC or its staff takes a contrary position, we would be required to obtain an exemptive order from the SEC in order to co-invest with affiliates of Cyrus Capital, including the Cyrus Funds. We can offer no assurance that we will successfully obtain such an order. If we cannot co-invest with affiliates of Cyrus Capital, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the Cyrus Funds may, through such co-investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its economic interest in the Adviser.

Our relationship with Stifel may create conflicts of interest.

Stifel owns approximately 16% of our outstanding common stock. Stifel also has a 20% interest in the Adviser. Four members of the Investment Team are dual employees of the Adviser and Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or its affiliates pursuant to a personnel sharing arrangement with Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Although the members of the Investment Team that are dual employees dedicate substantially all of their time to the business and activities of the Adviser, they may continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and its affiliates from time to time. This arrangement could result in a conflict of interest and may distract these investment professionals from their responsibilities to us. Stifel has a right to nominate an individual for election on our board of directors. Stifel has not exercised its right to nominate for election a member of our board of directors. We expect that if Stifel exercises its right to nominate an individual for election to our board of directors, such person would also be an employee of Stifel, and would continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel, which could result in a conflict of interest and may distract such director appointee from his or her responsibilities to us. In addition, Mr. Nitka, Stifel’s designee to the Adviser’s investment committee, is a managing director and head of the Credit Investments Group at Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Should any conflicts arise as a result of

Mr. Nitka’s membership on the Adviser’s investment committee and his role at Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Mr. Nitka will recuse himself from consideration of any potential conflict related to Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and its affiliates.

Under the Stifel arrangement and subject to certain restrictions, Stifel will use its commercially reasonable efforts to present to the Adviser to review and bid on, Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated-originated leveraged finance and high yield corporate debt opportunities consistent with our investment strategy, subject to the approval of our board of directors, as necessary under the 1940 Act, and certain other limitations. Stifel may invest in the same portfolio companies that we invest in (regardless of whether our investment arose from a Stifel-originated opportunity), and Stifel may, through such investments, have interests that conflict with ours, including receiving fees from the portfolio company directly as well as through its interest in the Adviser. We believe that we may co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates upon approval of the “required majority” of our directors as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act. However, we can provide no assurance that the SEC or its staff will not take a contrary position. If the SEC or its staff takes a contrary position, we would be required to obtain an exemptive order from the SEC in order to co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates. We can offer no assurance that we will successfully obtain such an order. If we cannot co-invest with Stifel and its affiliates, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

There are significant potential conflicts of interest that could negatively affect our investment returns.

There may be times when the Adviser or the members of the Investment Team have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to conflicts of interest. The members of the Adviser’s investment committee and the Investment Team serve, or may serve, as officers, directors, members, or principals of entities that operate in the same or a related line of business as we do, such as Stifel, or of investment funds, accounts, or investment vehicles managed by the Adviser or Stifel. Similarly, the Adviser or the members of the Investment Team may have other clients with similar, different or competing investment objectives. In serving in these multiple capacities, they may have obligations to other clients or investors in those entities, the fulfillment of which may not be in the best interests of us or our stockholders. In addition, the Adviser and some of its affiliates, including our officers and our non-independent directors, are not prohibited from raising money for, or managing, another investment entity that makes the same types of investments as those we target. Four members of the Investment Team are dual employees of the Adviser and Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or its affiliates pursuant to a personnel sharing arrangement with Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Although the members of the Investment Team that are dual employees dedicate substantially all of their time to the business and activities of the Adviser, they may continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and its affiliates from time to time. This arrangement could result in a conflict of interest and may distract these investment professionals from their responsibilities to us. As a result, and although the Adviser and its Investment Team are subject to a written conflicts of interest policy, the time and resources the Investment Team could devote to us may be diverted. In addition, we may compete with any such Stifel-advised investment entity for the same investors and investment opportunities.

The members of the Investment Team may, from time to time, possess material non-public information, limiting our investment discretion.

Members of the Investment Team may serve as directors of, or in a similar capacity with, portfolio companies in which we invest. In the event that material nonpublic information is obtained with respect to such companies, or we become subject to trading restrictions under the internal trading policies of those companies or as a result of applicable law or regulations, we could be prohibited for a period of time from purchasing or selling the securities of such companies, and this prohibition may have an adverse effect on us.

There are conflicts related to other arrangements with the Adviser.

We have entered into a License Agreement with the Adviser under which the Adviser has agreed to grant us a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.” See “Business — Management Agreements

— License Agreement.” In addition, we have entered into an Administration Agreement with the Adviser pursuant to which we are required to pay to the Adviser our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by the Adviser in performing its obligations under such Administration Agreement, such as rent, equipment and our allocable portion of the cost of our Chief Financial Officer and our Chief Compliance Officer and his respective staff’s compensation and compensation-related expenses. This will create conflicts of interest that our board of directors will monitor. For example, under the terms of the license agreement, we will be unable to preclude the Adviser from licensing or transferring the ownership of the “CM Finance” name to third parties, some of whom may compete against us. Consequently, we will be unable to prevent any damage to goodwill that may occur as a result of the activities of the Adviser or others. Furthermore, in the event the license agreement is terminated, we will be required to change our name and cease using “CM Finance” as part of our name. Any of these events could disrupt our recognition in the market place, damage any goodwill we may have generated and otherwise harm our business.

Our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will depend on our ability to manage our business effectively.

Our ability to achieve our investment objective will depend on our ability to manage our business and to grow our investments and earnings. This will depend, in turn, on the Adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor portfolio companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objective on a cost-effective basis will depend upon the Adviser’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and, to a lesser extent, our access to financing on acceptable terms. The Adviser’s investment professionals may have substantial responsibilities in connection with the management of other investment funds, accounts and investment vehicles. The personnel of the Adviser may also be called upon to provide managerial assistance to our portfolio companies. These activities may distract them from identifying new investment opportunities for us or slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The Adviser’s incentive fee structure may create incentives to it that are not fully aligned with the interests of our stockholders.

In the course of our investing activities, we pay management and incentive fees to the Adviser. We have entered into an Investment Advisory Agreement with the Adviser that provides that these fees will be based on the value of our gross assets. As a result, investors in our common stock will invest on a “gross” basis and receive distributions on a “net” basis after expenses, resulting in a lower rate of return than one might achieve through direct investments. Because these fees are based on the value of our gross assets, the Adviser will benefit when we incur debt or use leverage. This fee structure may encourage the Adviser to cause us to borrow money to finance additional investments. Under certain circumstances, the use of borrowed money may increase the likelihood of default, which would disfavor our stockholders.

Our board of directors is charged with protecting our interests by monitoring how the Adviser addresses these and other conflicts of interests associated with its management services and compensation. While our board of directors is not expected to review or approve each investment decision, borrowing or incurrence of leverage, our independent directors will periodically review the Adviser’s services and fees as well as its portfolio management decisions and portfolio performance. In connection with these reviews, our independent directors will consider whether our fees and expenses (including those related to leverage) remain appropriate. As a result of this arrangement, the Adviser may from time to time have interests that differ from those of our stockholders, giving rise to a conflict.

Our incentive fee may induce the Adviser to make speculative investments.

The Adviser receives an incentive fee based, in part, upon net capital gains realized on our investments. Unlike that portion of the incentive fee based on income, there is no hurdle rate applicable to the portion of the

incentive fee based on net capital gains. Additionally, under the incentive fee structure, the Adviser may benefit when we recognize capital gains and, because the Adviser will determine when to sell a holding, the Adviser will control the timing of the recognition of such capital gains. As a result, the Adviser may have a tendency to invest more capital in investments likely to result in capital gains, compared to income-producing securities. Such a practice could result in our investing in more speculative securities than would otherwise be the case, which could result in higher investment losses, particularly during economic downturns.

We may be obligated to pay the Adviser incentive compensation even if we incur a loss and may pay more than 20.0% of our net capital gains because we cannot recover payments made in previous years.

The Adviser is entitled to incentive compensation for each fiscal quarter in an amount equal to a percentage of the excess of our investment income for that quarter (before deducting incentive compensation) above a threshold return for that quarter. Thus, we may be required to pay the Adviser incentive compensation for a fiscal quarter even if there is a decline in the value of our portfolio or we incur a net loss for that quarter. If we pay an incentive fee of 20% of our realized capital gains (net of all realized capital losses and unrealized capital depreciation on a cumulative basis) and thereafter experience additional realized capital losses or unrealized capital depreciation, we will not be able to recover any portion of the incentive fee previously paid.

PIK interest payments we receive will increase our assets under management and, as a result, will increase the amount of base management fees and incentive fees payable by us to the Adviser.

Certain of our debt investments contain provisions providing for the payment of PIK interest. Because PIK interest results in an increase in the size of the loan balance of the underlying loan, the receipt by us of PIK interest will have the effect of increasing our assets under management. As a result, because the base management fee that we pay to the Adviser is based on the value of our gross assets, receipt of PIK interest will result in an increase in the amount of the base management fee payable by us. In addition, any such increase in a loan balance due to the receipt of PIK interest will cause such loan to accrue interest on the higher loan balance, which will result in an increase in our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees that are payable to the Adviser.

The involvement of our interested directors in the valuation process may create conflicts of interest.

We expect to make most of our portfolio investments in the form of loans and securities that are not publicly traded and for which there are limited or no market based price quotations available. As a result, our board of directors will determine the fair value of these loans and securities in good faith as described below in “— Most of our portfolio investments will be recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.” In connection with that determination, investment professionals from the Adviser may provide our board of directors with valuations based upon the most recent portfolio company financial statements available and projected financial results of each portfolio company. While the valuation for each portfolio investment will be reviewed by an independent valuation firm quarterly, the ultimate determination of fair value will be made by our board of directors and not by such third-party valuation firm. In addition, Messrs. Mauer and Jansen, each an interested member of our board of directors, has a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the Adviser. The participation of the Adviser’s investment professionals in our valuation process, and the pecuniary interest in the Adviser by certain members of our board of directors, could result in a conflict of interest as the Adviser’s management fee is based, in part, on the value of our gross assets, and our incentive fees will be based, in part, on realized gains and realized and unrealized losses.

The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser were not negotiated on an arm’s length basis and may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party.

The Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement were negotiated between related parties. Consequently, their terms, including fees payable to the Adviser, may not be as favorable to us as if they had been negotiated with an unaffiliated third party. In addition, we may choose not to enforce, or to enforce less vigorously, our rights and remedies under these agreements because of our desire to maintain our ongoing relationship with the Adviser and its affiliates. Any such decision, however, would breach our fiduciary obligations to our stockholders.

Our incentive fee arrangements with the Adviser may vary from those of other investment funds, account or investment vehicles that the Adviser may manage in the future, which may create an incentive for the Adviser to devote time and resources to a higher fee-paying fund.

If the Adviser is paid a higher performance-based fee from any other fund that it may manage in the future, it may have an incentive to devote more research and development or other activities, and/or recommend the allocation of investment opportunities, to such higher fee-paying fund. For example, to the extent the Adviser’s incentive compensation is not subject to a hurdle or total return requirement with respect to another fund, it may have an incentive to devote time and resources to such other fund. As a result, the investment professionals of the Adviser may devote time and resources to a higher fee-paying fund.

The Adviser’s liability is limited under the Investment Advisory Agreement and we have agreed to indemnify the Adviser against certain liabilities, which may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser has not assumed any responsibility to us other than to render the services called for under that agreement. It will not be responsible for any action of our board of directors in following or declining to follow the Adviser’s advice or recommendations. Under the Investment Advisory Agreement, the Adviser, its officers, members and personnel, and any person controlling or controlled by the Adviser will not be liable to us, any subsidiary of ours, our directors, our stockholders or any subsidiary’s stockholders or partners for acts or omissions performed in accordance with and pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, except those resulting from acts constituting gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of the duties that the Adviser owes to us under the Investment Advisory Agreement. In addition, as part of the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the Adviser and each of its officers, directors, members, managers and employees from and against any claims or liabilities, including reasonable legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred, arising out of or in connection with our business and operations or any action taken or omitted on our behalf pursuant to authority granted by the Investment Advisory Agreement, except where attributable to gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of such person’s duties under the Investment Advisory Agreement. These protections may lead the Adviser to act in a riskier manner when acting on our behalf than it would when acting for its own account.

We operate in a highly competitive market for investment opportunities, which could reduce returns and result in losses.

A number of entities compete with us to make the types of investments that we make. We compete with public and private funds, other BDCs, commercial and investment banks, commercial financing companies and, to the extent they provide an alternative form of financing, private equity and hedge funds. Many of our competitors are substantially larger and have considerably greater financial, technical and marketing resources than we do. For example, we believe some of our competitors may have access to funding sources that are not available to us. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assessments, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments and establish more relationships than us. Furthermore, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the 1940 Act

imposes on us as a BDC or the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we must satisfy to maintain our RIC qualification. The competitive pressures we face may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. As a result of this competition, we may not be able to take advantage of attractive investment opportunities from time to time, and we may not be able to identify and make investments that are consistent with our investment objective.

With respect to the investments we make, we do not seek to compete based primarily on the interest rates we offer, and we believe that some of our competitors may make loans with interest rates that will be lower than the rates we offer. With respect to all investments, we may lose some investment opportunities if we do not match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure. However, if we match our competitors’ pricing, terms and structure, we may experience decreased net interest income, lower yields and increased risk of credit loss.

We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax if we are unable to maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

To maintain our qualification as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, we must meet certain source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements. The source-of-income requirement will be satisfied if we obtain at least 90% of our income for each year from dividends, interest, gains from the sale of stock or securities or similar sources. The distribution requirement for a RIC is satisfied if we distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders on an annual basis. Because we incur debt, we will be subject to certain asset coverage ratio requirements under the 1940 Act and financial covenants under loan and credit agreements that could, under certain circumstances, restrict us from making distributions necessary to maintain our qualification as a RIC. If we are unable to obtain cash from other sources, we may fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC and, thus, may be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. To maintain our qualification as a RIC, we must also meet certain asset diversification requirements at the end of each calendar quarter. Failure to meet these tests may result in our having to dispose of certain investments quickly in order to prevent the loss of our qualification as a RIC. Because most of our investments are in private or thinly-traded public companies, any such dispositions may be made at disadvantageous prices and may result in substantial losses. No certainty can be provided that we will satisfy the asset diversification requirements of the other requirements necessary to maintain our qualification as a RIC. If we fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC for any reason and become subject to corporate income tax, the resulting corporate income taxes could substantially reduce our net assets, the amount of income available for distributions to our stockholders and the amount of funds available for new investments. Such a failure would have a material adverse effect on us and our stockholders. See “Business — Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.”

We may need to raise additional capital to grow because we must distribute most of our income.

We may need additional capital to fund new investments and grow our portfolio of investments. We intend to access the capital markets periodically to issue debt or equity securities or borrow from financial institutions in order to obtain such additional capital. Unfavorable economic conditions could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. A reduction in the availability of new capital could limit our ability to grow. In addition, we are required to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to our stockholders to maintain our qualification as a RIC. As a result, these earnings will not be available to fund new investments. An inability on our part to access the capital markets successfully could limit our ability to grow our business and execute our business strategy fully and could decrease our earnings, if any, which would have an adverse effect on the value of our securities.

Our distributions to stockholders may be funded, in part, from waivers of investment advisory fees by the Adviser.

such fees. Any such waivers in no way imply that the Adviser will waive incentive fees in any future period. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary or that the Adviser will waive all or any portion of the incentive fee necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all.

You may not receive distributions, or our distributions may not grow over time.

We intend to make distributions on a quarterly basis to our stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution. We cannot assure you that we will achieve investment results that will allow us to make a specified level of cash distributions or year-to-year increases in cash distributions. Our ability to pay distributions might be adversely affected by the impact of one or more of the risk factors described in this annual report on Form 10-K. Due to the asset coverage test applicable to us under the 1940 Act as a BDC, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions. All distributions will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our earnings, financial condition, maintenance of RIC status, compliance with applicable BDC, SBA regulations (if applicable) and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relative from time to time. We cannot assure you that we will make distributions to our stockholders in the future.

We may have difficulty paying our required distributions if we recognize income before, or without, receiving cash representing such income.

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in income certain amounts that we have not yet received in cash, such as the accrual of OID. This may arise if we receive warrants in connection with the making of a loan and in other circumstances, or through contracted PIK interest, which represents contractual interest added to the loan balance and due at the end of the loan term. Such OID, which could be significant relative to our overall investment activities, and increases in loan balances as a result of contracted PIK arrangements will be included in income before we receive any corresponding cash payments. We also may be required to include in income certain other amounts that we will not receive in cash.

Since in certain cases we may recognize income before or without receiving cash representing such income, we may have difficulty meeting the requirement to distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses, if any, to maintain our qualification as a RIC. In such a case, we may have to sell some of our investments at times we would not consider advantageous or raise additional debt or equity capital or reduce new investment originations to meet these distribution requirements. If we are not able to obtain such cash from other sources, we may fail to maintain our qualification as a RIC and thus be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax. See “Business — Taxation as a Regulated Investment Company.”

We may in the future choose to pay dividends in our own stock, in which case you may be required to pay tax in excess of the cash you receive.

We may distribute taxable dividends that are payable in part in our stock. Under certain applicable provisions of the Code and the Treasury regulations, distributions payable in cash or in shares of stock at the election of stockholders are treated as taxable dividends. The Internal Revenue Service has issued a revenue procedure indicating that this rule will apply if the total amount of cash to be distributed is not less than 20% of the total distribution. Under these rulings, if too many stockholders elect to receive their distributions in cash, each such stockholder would receive a pro rata share of the total cash to be distributed and would receive the remainder of their distribution in shares of stock. If we decide to make any distributions consistent with this revenue procedure that are payable in part in our stock, taxable stockholders receiving such dividends will be required to include the full amount of the dividend (whether received in cash, our stock, or combination thereof) as ordinary income (or as long-term capital gain to the extent such distribution is properly designated as a capital gain dividend) to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. stockholder may be required to pay tax with respect to such dividends in excess of any cash received. If a U.S. stockholder sells the stock it receives as a dividend in order to pay this tax, the sales proceeds may be less than the amount included in income with respect to the dividend, depending on the market

price of our stock at the time of the sale. Furthermore, with respect to non-U.S. stockholders, we may be required to withhold U.S. tax with respect to such dividends, including in respect of all or a portion of such dividend that is payable in stock. If a significant number of our stockholders determine to sell shares of our stock in order to pay taxes owed on dividends, it may put downward pressure on the trading price of our stock.

Regulations governing our operation as a BDC affect our ability to, and the way in which we raise additional capital. As a BDC, the necessity of raising additional capital may expose us to risks, including the typical risks associated with leverage.

We may issue debt securities or preferred stock and/or borrow money from banks or other financial institutions, which we refer to collectively as “senior securities,” up to the maximum amount permitted by the 1940 Act. Under the provisions of the 1940 Act, we are permitted as a BDC to issue senior securities in amounts such that our asset coverage ratio, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% of our gross assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, after each issuance of senior securities. If the value of our assets declines, we may be unable to satisfy this test. If that happens, we would not be able to borrow additional funds until we were able to comply with the 200% asset coverage ratio under the 1940 Act. Also, any amounts that we use to service our indebtedness would not be available for distributions to our common stockholders. If we issue senior securities, we will be exposed to typical risks associated with leverage, including an increased risk of loss.

We are not generally able to issue and sell our common stock at a price below net asset value per share. We may, however, sell our common stock, or warrants, options or rights to acquire our common stock, at a price below then-current net asset value per share of our common stock if our board of directors determines that such sale is in our best interests. At a meeting initially convened on November 7, 2017 and reconvened on November 30, 2017 and December 21, 2017, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for the period ending on the earlier of the one year anniversary of the date of the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the date of the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we expect to be held in November 2018. Our stockholders did not specify a maximum discount below net asset value at which we are able to issue our common stock, although the number of shares sold in each offering may not exceed 25% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to such sale. In addition, we cannot issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our and our stockholders’ best interests to do so. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing our net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. In addition, continuous sales of common stock below net asset value may have a negative impact on total returns and could have a negative impact on the market price of our shares of common stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing common stock or senior securities convertible into, or exchangeable for, our common stock, then the percentage ownership of our stockholders at that time will decrease, and you may experience dilution. In addition, neither Stifel nor the Cyrus Funds are subject to these restrictions and may sell their respective shares of our common stock at a per share price that is below net asset value per share, which may negatively affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock and our ability to raise additional capital.

Our board of directors has approved our ability to incur additional leverage as permitted by recent legislation.

The 1940 Act generally prohibits us from incurring indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing we have an asset coverage for total borrowings of at least 200% (i.e., the amount of debt may not exceed 50% of the value of our assets). However, recent legislation has modified the 1940 Act by allowing a BDC to increase the maximum amount of leverage it may incur from an asset coverage ratio of 200% to an asset coverage ratio of 150%, if certain requirements are met. In other words, prior to the enactment of the legislation, a BDC could borrow $1 for investment purposes for every $1 of investor equity. Now, for those BDCs that satisfy the legislation’s approval and disclosure requirements, the BDC can borrow $2 for investment purposes for every $1 of investor equity. Under the legislation, we are allowed to increase our leverage capacity if stockholders

representing at least a majority of the votes cast, when quorum is met, approve a proposal to do so. If we receive stockholder approval, we would be allowed to increase our leverage capacity on the first day after such approval. Alternatively, the legislation allows the “required majority” of our independent directors, as defined in Section 57(o) of the 1940 Act, to approve an increase in our leverage capacity, and such approval would become effective after one year. In either case, we would be required to make certain disclosures on our website and in SEC filings regarding, among other things, the receipt of approval to increase our leverage, our leverage capacity and usage, and risks related to leverage.

In accordance with the legislation, on May 2, 2018, our board of directors, including a “required majority” approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act. As a result, our asset coverage requirements for senior securities will change from 200% to 150%, effective May 2, 2019.

Leverage magnifies the potential for loss on investments and on invested equity capital. As we use leverage to partially finance our investments, you will experience increased risks of investing in our securities. If the value of our assets increases, then leveraging would cause the net asset value attributable to our common stock to increase more sharply than it would have had we not leveraged. Conversely, if the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged our business. Similarly, any increase in our income in excess of interest payable on the borrowed funds would cause our net investment income to increase more than it would without the leverage, while any decrease in our income would cause net investment income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline could negatively affect our ability to pay common stock dividends, scheduled debt payments or other payments related to our securities. Increased leverage may also cause a downgrade of our credit rating. See the risk factor below. Leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique. See “—Because we finance our investments with borrowed money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us is magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.”

Because we finance our investments with borrowed money, the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested in us is magnified and may increase the risk of investing in us.

The use of leverage magnifies the potential for gain or loss on amounts invested. The use of leverage is generally considered a speculative investment technique and increases the risks associated with investing in our securities. If we continue to use leverage to partially finance our investments through banks, insurance companies and other lenders, you will experience increased risks of investment in our common stock. Lenders of these funds have fixed dollar claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we would expect such lenders to seek recovery against our assets in the event of a default. As of June 30, 2018, substantially all of our assets were pledged as collateral under the Financing Facilities. In addition, under the terms of the Financing Facilities and any borrowing facility or other debt instrument we may enter into, we are likely to be required to use the net proceeds of any investments that we sell to repay a portion of the amount borrowed under such facility or instrument before applying such net proceeds to any other uses. If the value of our assets decreases, leveraging would cause net asset value to decline more sharply than it otherwise would have had we not leveraged, thereby magnifying losses or eliminating our stake in a leveraged investment. Similarly, any decrease in our revenue or income will cause our net income to decline more sharply than it would have had we not borrowed. Such a decline would also negatively affect our ability to make distributions with respect to our common stock or preferred stock. Our ability to service any debt will depend largely on our financial performance and will be subject to prevailing economic conditions and competitive pressures. Moreover, as the base management fee payable to the Adviser will be payable based on the value of our gross assets, including those assets acquired through the use of leverage, the Adviser will have a financial incentive to incur leverage, which may not be consistent with our stockholders’ interests. In addition, our common stockholders will bear the burden of any increase in our expenses as a result of our use of leverage, including interest expenses and any increase in the base management fee payable to the Adviser.

As a BDC, we generally are required to meet a coverage ratio of total assets to total borrowings and other senior securities, which include all of our borrowings and any preferred stock that we may issue in the future, of

at least 200% (or 150% beginning on May 2, 2019). If this ratio declines below 200% (or 150% beginning on May 2, 2019), we will not be able to incur additional debt and could be required to sell a portion of our investments to repay some debt when it is otherwise disadvantageous for us to do so. This could have a material adverse effect on our operations, and we may not be able to make distributions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on the Adviser’s and our board of directors’ assessment of market and other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain credit at all or on terms acceptable to us.

In addition, our debt facilities may impose financial and operating covenants that restrict our business activities, including limitations that hinder our ability to finance additional loans and investments or to make the distributions required to maintain our qualification as a RIC under the Code.

We may default under the Financing Facilities or any future borrowing facility we enter into or be unable to amend, repay or refinance any such facility on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In the event we default under the Financing Facilities or any other future borrowing facility, our business could be adversely affected as we may be forced to sell a portion of our investments quickly and prematurely at prices that may be disadvantageous to us in order to meet our outstanding payment obligations and/or support working capital requirements under the Financing Facilities or such future borrowing facility, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, following any such default, the agent for the lenders under the Financing Facilities or such future borrowing facility could assume control of the disposition of any or all of our assets, including the selection of such assets to be disposed and the timing of such disposition, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Provisions in the Financing Facilities or any other future borrowing facility may limit our discretion in operating our business.

The Financing Facilities are, and any future borrowing facility may be, backed by all or a portion of our loans and securities on which the lenders will or, in the case of a future facility, may have a security interest. We may pledge up to 100% of our assets and may grant a security interest in all of our assets under the terms of any debt instrument we enter into with lenders. We expect that any security interests we grant will be set forth in a pledge and security agreement and evidenced by the filing of financing statements by the agent for the lenders. In addition, we expect that the custodian for our securities serving as collateral for such loan would include in its electronic systems notices indicating the existence of such security interests and, following notice of occurrence of an event of default, if any, and during its continuance, will only accept transfer instructions with respect to any such securities from the lender or its designee. If we were to default under the terms of any debt instrument, the agent for the applicable lenders would be able to assume control of the timing of disposition of any or all of our assets securing such debt, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, any security interests as well as negative covenants under the Financing Facilities or any other borrowing facility may limit our ability to create liens on assets to secure additional debt and may make it difficult for us to restructure or refinance indebtedness at or prior to maturity or obtain additional debt or equity financing. In addition, if our borrowing base under the Financing Facilities or any other borrowing facility were to decrease, we would be required to secure additional assets in an amount equal to any borrowing base deficiency. In the event that all of our assets are secured at the time of such a borrowing base deficiency, we could be required to repay advances under the Financing Facilities or any other borrowing facility or make deposits to a collection account, either of which could have a material adverse impact on our ability to fund future investments and to make stockholder distributions.

In addition, under the Financing Facilities or any future borrowing facility we will be subject to limitations as to how borrowed funds may be used, which may include restrictions on geographic and industry concentrations,

loan size, payment frequency and status, average life, collateral interests and investment ratings, as well as regulatory restrictions on leverage, which may affect the amount of funding that may be obtained. There may also be certain requirements relating to portfolio performance, including required minimum portfolio yield and limitations on delinquencies and charge-offs, a violation of which could limit further advances and, in some cases, result in an event of default. An event of default under the Financing Facilities or any other borrowing facility could result in an accelerated maturity date for all amounts outstanding thereunder, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. This could reduce our revenues and, by delaying any cash payment allowed to us under the Financing Facilities or any other borrowing facility until the lenders have been paid in full, reduce our liquidity and cash flow and impair our ability to grow our business and maintain our qualification as a RIC.

Because we borrow money to make our investments, if market interest rates were to increase, our cost of capital could increase, which could reduce our net investment income.

Because we borrow money to make investments, our net investment income will depend, in part, upon the difference between the rate at which we borrow funds and the rate at which we invest those funds. As a result, we can offer no assurance that a significant change in market interest rates would not have a material adverse effect on our net investment income in the event we use debt to finance our investments. In periods of rising interest rates, our cost of funds would increase, which could reduce our net investment income. We may use interest rate risk management techniques in an effort to limit our exposure to interest rate fluctuations. Such techniques may include various interest rate hedging activities to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. There is no limit on our ability to enter derivative transactions.

In addition, a rise in the general level of interest rates typically leads to higher interest rates applicable to our debt investments. Accordingly, an increase in interest rates may result in an increase of the amount of our pre-incentive fee net investment income and, as a result, an increase in incentive fees payable to the Adviser.

We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest rates including potential effects on our cost of capital and net investment income.

General interest rate fluctuations and changes in credit spreads on floating rate loans may have a substantial negative impact on our investments and investment opportunities and, accordingly, may have a material adverse effect on our rate of return on invested capital. In addition, an increase in interest rates would make it more expensive to use debt to finance our investments. Decreases in credit spreads on debt that pays a floating rate of return would have an impact on the income generation of our floating rate assets. Trading prices for debt that pays a fixed rate of return tend to fall as interest rates rise. Trading prices tend to fluctuate more for fixed rate securities that have longer maturities. Although we have no policy governing the maturities of our investments, under current market conditions we expect that we will invest in a portfolio of debt generally having maturities of up to 6 years. This means that we will be subject to greater risk (other things being equal) than an entity investing solely in shorter-term securities.

Adverse developments in the credit markets may impair our ability to secure debt financing.

During the economic downturn in the United States that began in mid-2007, many commercial banks and other financial institutions stopped lending or significantly curtailed their lending activity. In addition, in an effort to stem losses and reduce their exposure to segments of the economy deemed to be high risk, some financial institutions limited routine refinancing and loan modification transactions and even reviewed the terms of existing facilities to identify bases for accelerating the maturity of existing lending facilities. As a result, it may be difficult for us to obtain desired financing to finance the growth of our investments on acceptable economic terms, or at all.

If we are unable to consummate credit facilities on commercially reasonable terms, our liquidity may be reduced significantly. If we are unable to repay amounts outstanding under any facility we may enter into and are

declared in default or are unable to renew or refinance any such facility, it would limit our ability to initiate significant originations or to operate our business in the normal course. These situations may arise due to circumstances that we may be unable to control, such as inaccessibility of the credit markets, a severe decline in the value of the U.S. dollar, a further economic downturn or an operational problem that affects third parties or us, and could materially damage our business. Moreover, we are unable to predict when economic and market conditions may become more favorable. Even if such conditions improve broadly and significantly over the long term, adverse conditions in particular sectors of the financial markets could adversely impact our business.

Our ability to enter into transactions involving derivatives and financial commitment transactions may be limited.

The SEC has proposed a new rule under the 1940 Act that would govern the use of derivatives (defined to include any swap, security-based swap, futures contract, forward contract, option or any similar instrument) as well as financial commitment transactions (defined to include reverse repurchase agreements, short sale borrowings and any firm or standby commitment agreement or similar agreement) by BDCs. Under the proposed rule, a BDC would be required to comply with one of two alternative portfolio limitations and manage the risks associated with derivatives transactions and financial commitment transactions by segregating certain assets. Furthermore, a BDC that engages in more than a limited amount of derivatives transactions or that uses complex derivatives would be required to establish a formalized derivatives risk management program. If the SEC adopts this rule in the form proposed, our ability to enter into transactions involving such instruments may be hindered, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Terrorist attacks, acts of war or natural disasters may affect any market for our common stock, impact the businesses in which we invest and harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Terrorist acts, acts of war or natural disasters may disrupt our operations, as well as the operations of the businesses in which we invest. Such acts have created, and continue to create, economic and political uncertainties and have contributed to global economic instability. Future terrorist activities, military or security operations, or natural disasters could further weaken the domestic/global economies and create additional uncertainties, which may negatively impact the businesses in which we invest directly or indirectly and, in turn, could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. Losses from terrorist attacks and natural disasters are generally uninsurable.

The failure in cyber security systems, as well as the occurrence of events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems and management continuity planning could impair our ability to conduct business effectively.

The occurrence of a disaster such as a cyber-attack, a natural catastrophe, an industrial accident, events unanticipated in our disaster recovery systems, or a support failure from external providers, could have an adverse effect on our ability to conduct business and on our results of operations and financial condition, particularly if those events affect our computer-based data processing, transmission, storage, and retrieval systems or destroy data. If a significant number of our managers were unavailable in the event of a disaster, our ability to effectively conduct our business could be severely compromised.

We depend heavily upon computer systems to perform necessary business functions. Despite our implementation of a variety of security measures, our computer systems could be subject to cyber-attacks and unauthorized access, such as physical and electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering. Like other companies, we may experience threats to our data and systems, including malware and computer virus attacks, unauthorized access, system failures and disruptions. If one or more of these events occurs, it could potentially jeopardize the confidential, proprietary and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations, which could result in damage to our reputation, financial losses, litigation, increased costs, regulatory penalties and/or customer dissatisfaction or loss.

Third parties with which we do business may also be sources of cybersecurity or other technological risks. We outsource certain functions and these relationships allow for the storage and processing of our information, as well as customer, counterparty, employee and borrower information. While we engage in actions to reduce our exposure resulting from outsourcing, ongoing threats may result in unauthorized access, loss, exposure or destruction of data, or other cybersecurity incidents, with increased costs and other consequences, including those described above.

The effect of global climate change may impact the operations of our portfolio companies.

There may be evidence of global climate change. Climate change creates physical and financial risk and some of our portfolio companies may be adversely affected by climate change. For example, the needs of customers of energy companies vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. To the extent weather conditions are affected by climate change, energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of any changes. Increases in the cost of energy could adversely affect the cost of operations of our portfolio companies if the use of energy products or services is material to their business. A decrease in energy use due to weather changes may affect some of our portfolio companies’ financial condition, through decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stresses, including service interruptions.

If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could fail to maintain our qualification as a BDC or be precluded from investing according to our current business strategy.

As a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets.

We believe that most of the investments that we may acquire in the future will constitute qualifying assets. However, we may be precluded from investing in what we believe to be attractive investments if such investments are not qualifying assets for purposes of the 1940 Act. If we do not invest a sufficient portion of our assets in qualifying assets, we could violate the 1940 Act provisions applicable to BDCs. As a result of such violation, specific rules under the 1940 Act could prevent us, for example, from making follow-on investments in existing portfolio companies (which could result in the dilution of our position) or could require us to dispose of investments at inappropriate times in order to come into compliance with the 1940 Act. If we need to dispose of such investments quickly, it could be difficult to dispose of such investments on favorable terms. We may not be able to find a buyer for such investments and, even if we do find a buyer, we may have to sell the investments at a substantial loss. Any such outcomes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we do not maintain our status as a BDC, we would be subject to regulation as a registered closed-end investment company under the 1940 Act. As a registered closed-end investment company, we would be subject to substantially more regulatory restrictions under the 1940 Act, which would significantly decrease our operating flexibility.

Most of our portfolio investments are recorded at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors and, as a result, there may be uncertainty as to the value of our portfolio investments.

Most of our portfolio investments will take the form of securities that are not publicly traded. The fair value of loans, securities and other investments that are not publicly traded may not be readily determinable, and we will value these investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors, including to reflect significant events affecting the value of our investments. Most, if not all, of our investments (other than cash and cash equivalents) will be classified as Level 3 under the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820: Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). This means that our portfolio valuations will be based on unobservable inputs and our own assumptions about how market participants would price the asset or liability in question. Inputs into the determination of fair

value of our portfolio investments require significant management judgment or estimation. Even if observable market data are available, such information may be the result of consensus pricing information or broker quotes, which include a disclaimer that the broker would not be held to such a price in an actual transaction. The non-binding nature of consensus pricing and/or quotes accompanied by disclaimers materially reduces the reliability of such information. We have retained the services of independent service providers to review the valuation of these loans and securities. The types of factors that the board of directors may take into account in determining the fair value of our investments generally include, as appropriate, comparison to publicly traded securities including such factors as yield, maturity and measures of credit quality, the enterprise value of a portfolio company, the nature and realizable value of any collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and its earnings and discounted cash flow, the markets in which the portfolio company does business and other relevant factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these loans and securities existed. Our net asset value could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such loans and securities.

We adjust quarterly the valuation of our portfolio to reflect our board of directors’ determination of the fair value of each investment in our portfolio. Any changes in fair value are recorded in our statement of operations as net change in unrealized appreciation or depreciation.

We may experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results.

We could experience fluctuations in our quarterly operating results due to a number of factors, including the interest rate payable on the loans and debt securities we acquire, the default rate on such loans and securities, the level of our expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. In light of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are and we will remain an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act until the earlier of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, which was in February 2014, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period. For so long as we remain an “emerging growth company” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on some or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We will take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts

to evaluate us since our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates and may result in less investor confidence.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.

Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm (when undertaken, as noted below), may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

We are required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis and our management is required to assess the effectiveness of these controls annually. However, for as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the recently enacted JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls could detect problems that our management’s assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.

Our status as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act may make it more difficult to raise capital as and when we need it.

Because of the exemptions from various reporting requirements provided to us as an “emerging growth company” and because we will have an extended transition period for complying with new or revised financial accounting standards, we may be less attractive to investors and it may be difficult for us to raise additional capital as and when we need it. Investors may be unable to compare our business with other companies in our industry if they believe that our financial accounting is not as transparent as other companies in our industry. If we are unable to raise additional capital as and when we need it, our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

New or amended laws or regulations governing our operations may adversely affect our business.

We and our portfolio companies will be subject to regulation by laws at the U.S. federal, state and local levels. These laws and regulations, as well as their interpretation, may change from time to time, and new laws, regulations and interpretations may also come into effect. Any such new or changed laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Additionally, changes to the laws and regulations governing our operations related to permitted investments may cause us to alter our investment strategy in order to avail ourselves of new or different opportunities. Such changes could result in material differences to the strategies and plans set forth in this annual report on Form 10-K and our filings with the SEC, and may shift our investment focus from the areas of expertise of the Adviser to other types of investments in which the Adviser may have little or no expertise or experience. Any such changes, if they occur, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Our board of directors may change our investment objective, operating policies and strategies without prior notice or stockholder approval.

Our board of directors has the authority, except as otherwise provided in the 1940 Act, to modify or waive our investment objective or certain of our operating policies and strategies without prior notice and without stockholder approval. However, absent stockholder approval, we may not change the nature of our business so as to cease to be, or withdraw our election as, a BDC. We cannot predict the effect any changes to our current operating policies and strategies would have on our business, operating results and the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, any such changes could adversely affect our business and impair our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

The Adviser can resign as the Adviser or administrator upon 60 days’ notice and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, or at all, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.

The Adviser has the right under the Investment Advisory Agreement to resign as the Adviser at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. Similarly, the Adviser has the right under the Administration Agreement to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If the Adviser were to resign, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or administrator or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions to our stockholders are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment or administrative activities, as applicable, is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by the Adviser. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are highly dependent on information systems, and systems failures could significantly disrupt our business, which may, in turn, negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

Our business is highly dependent on the communications and information systems of the Adviser, which are provided to us on behalf of the Adviser by Cyrus Capital pursuant to the Services Agreement directly or through third party service providers. Any failure or interruption of such systems, including as a result of the termination of the Services Agreement or an agreement with any such third party service provider, could cause delays or other problems in our activities. This, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and negatively affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.

The current state of the economy and financial markets of the United States, China and other several countries in the European Union increases the likelihood of adverse effects on our financial position and results of operations.

Due to federal budget deficit concerns, S&P downgraded the federal government’s credit rating from AAA to AA+ for the first time in history on August 5, 2011. Further, Moody’s and Fitch had warned that they may downgrade the federal government’s credit rating. Further downgrades or warnings by S&P or other rating agencies, and the United States government’s credit and deficit concerns in general, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact both the perception of credit risk associated with our debt portfolio and our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms. In addition, a decreased U.S. government credit rating could create broader financial turmoil and uncertainty, which may weigh heavily on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.

In 2010, a financial crisis emerged in Europe, triggered by high budget deficits and rising direct and contingent sovereign debt in Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain, which created concerns about the ability of these nations to continue to service their sovereign debt obligations. While the financial stability of many of such countries has improved significantly, risks resulting from any future debt crisis in Europe or any similar crisis could have a detrimental impact on the global economic recovery, sovereign and non-sovereign debt in these countries and the financial condition of European financial institutions. In July and August 2015, Greece reached agreements with its international creditors for bailouts that provide aid in exchange for austerity terms that had previously been rejected by Greek voters. Market and economic disruptions have affected, and may in the future affect, consumer confidence levels and spending, personal bankruptcy rates, levels of incurrence and default on consumer debt and home prices, among other factors. We cannot assure you that market disruptions in Europe, including the increased cost of funding for certain governments and financial institutions, will not impact the global economy, and we cannot assure you that assistance packages will be available, or if available, be sufficient to stabilize countries and markets in Europe or elsewhere affected by a financial crisis. To the extent uncertainty regarding any economic recovery in Europe negatively impacts consumer confidence and consumer credit factors, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

In the second quarter of 2015, stock prices in China experienced a significant drop, resulting primarily from continued selloff of shares trading in Chinese markets. In addition, in August 2015, Chinese authorities sharply devalued China’s currency. Since then, the Chinese capital markets have continued to experience periods of instability. In June 2016, British voters passed a referendum to exit the European Union leading to heightened volatility in global markets and foreign currencies. These market and economic disruptions have affected, and may in the future affect, the U.S. capital markets, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

In October 2014, the Federal Reserve announced that it was concluding its bond-buying program, or quantitative easing, which was designed to stimulate the economy and expand the Federal Reserve’s holdings of long-term securities, suggesting that key economic indicators, such as the unemployment rate, had showed signs of improvement since the inception of the program. It is unclear what effect, if any, the conclusion of the Federal Reserve’s bond-buying program will have on the value of our investments. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has gradually raised the federal funds rate since December 2015, and has announced its intention to continue to raise the federal funds rate over time. These developments, along with the United States government’s credit and deficit concerns, the European sovereign debt crisis and the economic slowdown in China, could cause interest rates and borrowing costs to rise, which may negatively impact our ability to access the debt markets on favorable terms.

Our board of directors is authorized to reclassify any unissued shares of common stock into one or more classes of preferred stock, which could convey special rights and privileges to its owners.

Under Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter, our board of directors is authorized to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of stock into one or more classes of stock, including preferred stock. Prior to issuance of shares of each class or series, the board of directors will be required by Maryland law and our charter to set the terms, preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to stockholder distributions, qualifications and terms or conditions of redemption for each class or series. Thus, the board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or that otherwise might be in their best interest. The cost of any such reclassification would be borne by our common stockholders. The issuance of preferred shares convertible into shares of common stock may also reduce the net income and net asset value per share of our common stock upon conversion, provided, that we will only be permitted to issue such convertible preferred stock to the extent we comply with the requirements of Section 61 of the 1940 Act, including obtaining common stockholder approval. These effects, among others, could have an adverse effect on your investment in our common stock.

Certain matters under the 1940 Act require the separate vote of the holders of any issued and outstanding preferred stock. For example, the 1940 Act provides that holders of preferred stock are entitled to vote separately from holders of common stock to elect two preferred stock directors. We currently have no plans to issue preferred stock.

Provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law and of our charter and bylaws could deter takeover attempts and have an adverse impact on the price of our common stock.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered terms. A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. The Maryland General Corporation Law and our charter and bylaws contain additional provisions that may discourage, delay or make more difficult a change in control of CM Finance Inc or the removal of our directors. We are subject to the Maryland Business Combination Act, subject to any applicable requirements of the 1940 Act. Our board of directors has adopted a resolution exempting from the Business Combination Act any business combination between us and any other person, subject to prior approval of such business combination by our board of directors, including approval by a majority of our independent directors. If the resolution exempting business combinations is repealed or our board of directors does not approve a business combination, the Business Combination Act may discourage third parties from trying to acquire control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such an offer. Our bylaws exempt from the Maryland Control Share Acquisition Act acquisitions of our stock by any person. If we amend our bylaws to repeal the exemption from the Control Share Acquisition Act, the Control Share Acquisition Act also may make it more difficult for a third party to obtain control of us and increase the difficulty of consummating such a transaction.

We have also adopted measures that may make it difficult for a third party to obtain control of us, including provisions of our charter classifying our board of directors in three classes serving staggered three-year terms, and authorizing our board of directors to classify or reclassify shares of our stock in one or more classes or series, to cause the issuance of additional shares of our stock, to amend our charter without stockholder approval and to increase or decrease the number of shares of stock that we have authority to issue. These provisions, as well as other provisions of our charter and bylaws, may delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Risks Relating to our Investments

Economic recessions or downturns could adversely affect our portfolio companies, leading to defaults on our investments, which would harm our operating results.

Many of the portfolio companies in which we expect to make investments, including those currently included in our portfolio, are likely to be susceptible to economic slowdowns or recessions and may be unable to repay our loans during such periods. In such event, the number of our non-performing assets is likely to increase and the value of our portfolio is likely to decrease during such periods. Adverse economic conditions may decrease the value of collateral securing some of our loans and debt securities and the value of our equity investments. Economic slowdowns or recessions could lead to financial losses in our portfolio and a decrease in revenues, net income and assets. Unfavorable economic conditions also could increase our funding costs, limit our access to the capital markets or result in a decision by lenders not to extend credit to us. These events could prevent us from increasing our investments and harm our operating results.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets, which could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize our portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans and debt securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting portfolio company.

We may hold the loans and debt securities of leveraged companies that may, due to the significant operating volatility typical of such companies, enter into bankruptcy proceedings, and we could lose all or part of our investment, which would harm our operating results.

Investment in leveraged companies involves a number of significant risks. Leveraged companies in which we invest may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold. Such developments may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees that we may have obtained in connection with our investment. Smaller leveraged companies also may have less predictable operating results and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance their expansion or maintain their competitive position.

Leveraged companies may also experience bankruptcy or similar financial distress. The bankruptcy process has a number of significant inherent risks. Many events in a bankruptcy proceeding are the product of contested matters and adversarial proceedings and are beyond the control of the creditors. A bankruptcy filing by a portfolio company may adversely and permanently affect that company. If the proceeding is converted to a liquidation, the value of the portfolio company may not equal the liquidation value that was believed to exist at the time of the investment. The duration of a bankruptcy proceeding is also difficult to predict, and a creditor’s return on investment can be adversely affected by delays until the plan of reorganization or liquidation ultimately becomes effective. The administrative costs in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding are frequently high and would be paid out of the debtor’s estate prior to any return to creditors. Because the standards for classification of claims under bankruptcy law are vague, our influence with respect to the class of securities or other obligations we own may be lost by increases in the number and amount of claims in the same class or by different classification and treatment. In the early stages of the bankruptcy process, it is often difficult to estimate the extent of, or even to identify, any contingent claims that might be made. In addition, certain claims that have priority by law (for example, claims for taxes) may be substantial.

A portfolio company’s failure to satisfy financial or operating covenants imposed by us or other lenders could lead to defaults and, potentially, termination of its loans and foreclosure on its assets. This could trigger cross-defaults under other agreements and jeopardize such portfolio company’s ability to meet its obligations under the loans or debt or equity securities that we hold. We may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms, which may include the waiver of certain financial covenants, with a defaulting portfolio company.

Credit risk is the potential loss we may incur from a failure of a company to make payments according to the terms of a contract. We are subject to credit risk because of our strategy of investing in the debt of leveraged companies and our involvement in derivative instruments. Our exposure to credit risk on our investments is limited to the fair value of the investments. Our derivative contracts are executed pursuant to an International Swaps and Derivatives Association master agreement that we currently have in place with UBS with respect to the Term Financing. Any material exposure due to counter-party risk under the Term Financing or the Financing Facilities, generally, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

There may be circumstances where our debt investments could be subordinated to claims of other creditors or we could be subject to lender liability claims.

If one of our portfolio companies were to go bankrupt, even though we may have structured our interest as senior debt, depending on the facts and circumstances, including the extent to which we may have actually provided managerial assistance to that portfolio company, a bankruptcy court might re-characterize our debt holding and subordinate all or a portion of our claim to that of other creditors. In addition, lenders can be subject to lender liability claims for actions taken by them where they become too involved in the borrower’s business or exercise control over the borrower. It is possible that we could become subject to a lender’s liability claim, including as a result of actions taken if we actually render significant managerial assistance.

Our investments in private and middle-market portfolio companies are risky, and we could lose all or part of our investment.

Investment in private and middle-market companies involves a number of significant risks. Generally, little public information exists about these companies, and we will rely on the ability of the Adviser’s investment professionals to obtain adequate information to evaluate the potential returns and risks from investing in these companies. If we are unable to uncover all material information about these companies, we may not make a fully informed investment decision, and we may lose money on our investments. Middle-market companies may have limited financial resources and may be unable to meet their obligations under their loans and debt securities that we hold, which may be accompanied by a deterioration in the value of any collateral and a reduction in the likelihood of our realizing any guarantees we may have obtained in connection with our investment. In addition, such companies typically have shorter operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. Additionally, middle-market companies are more likely to depend on the management talents and efforts of a small group of persons. Therefore, the death, disability, resignation or termination of one or more of these persons could have a material adverse impact on one or more of the portfolio companies we invest in and, in turn, on us. Middle-market companies also may be parties to litigation and may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence. In addition, our executive officers, directors and investment adviser may, in the ordinary course of business, be named as defendants in litigation arising from our investments in portfolio companies.

Our investments may include PIK interest.

To the extent that we invest in loans with a PIK interest component and the accretion of PIK interest constitutes a portion of our income, we will be exposed to risks associated with the requirement to include such non-cash income in taxable and accounting income prior to receipt of cash, including the following:

•

loans with a PIK interest component may have higher interest rates that reflect the payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with these instruments, and PIK instruments generally represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans;

•

loans with a PIK interest component may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral;

•

the deferral of PIK interest increases the loan-to-value ratio, which is a fundamental measure of loan risk; and

•

even if the accounting conditions for PIK interest accrual are met, the borrower could still default when the borrower’s actual payment is due at the maturity of the loan.

We may expose ourselves to risks if we engage in hedging transactions.

If we engage in hedging transactions, we may expose ourselves to risks associated with such transactions. We may utilize instruments such as forward contracts, currency options and interest rate swaps, caps, collars and floors to seek to hedge against fluctuations in the relative values of our portfolio positions from changes in currency exchange rates and market interest rates. Hedging against a decline in the values of our portfolio positions does not eliminate the possibility of fluctuations in the values of such positions or prevent losses if the values of such positions decline. However, such hedging can establish other positions designed to gain from those same developments, thereby offsetting the decline in the value of such portfolio positions. Such hedging transactions may also limit the opportunity for gain if the values of the underlying portfolio positions should increase. Moreover, it may not be possible to hedge against an exchange rate or interest rate fluctuation that is so generally anticipated that we are not able to enter into a hedging transaction at an acceptable price.

The success of our hedging transactions will depend on our ability to correctly predict movements in currencies and interest rates. Therefore, while we may enter into such transactions to seek to reduce currency exchange rate and interest rate risks, unanticipated changes in currency exchange rates or interest rates may result

in poorer overall investment performance than if we had not engaged in any such hedging transactions. In addition, the degree of correlation between price movements of the instruments used in a hedging strategy and price movements in the portfolio positions being hedged may vary. Moreover, for a variety of reasons, we may not seek to establish a perfect correlation between such hedging instruments and the portfolio holdings being hedged. Any such imperfect correlation may prevent us from achieving the intended hedge and expose us to risk of loss. In addition, it may not be possible to hedge fully or perfectly against currency fluctuations affecting the value of securities denominated in non-U.S. currencies because the value of those securities is likely to fluctuate as a result of factors not related to currency fluctuations.

The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our business.

All of our assets may be invested in illiquid loans and securities, and a substantial portion of our investments in leveraged companies will be subject to legal and other restrictions on resale or will otherwise be less liquid than more broadly traded public securities. The illiquidity of these investments may make it difficult for us to sell such investments if the need arises. In addition, if we are required to liquidate all or a portion of our portfolio quickly, we may realize significantly less than the value at which we have previously recorded our investments. Also, as noted above, we may be limited or prohibited in our ability to sell or otherwise exit certain positions in our initial portfolio as such a transaction could be considered a joint transaction prohibited by the 1940 Act.

Price declines and illiquidity in the corporate debt markets may adversely affect the fair value of our portfolio investments, reducing our net asset value through increased net unrealized depreciation.

As a BDC, we are required to carry our investments at market value or, if no market value is ascertainable, at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. As part of the valuation process, we may take into account the following types of factors, if relevant, in determining the fair value of our investments:

•

available current market data, including relevant and applicable market trading and transaction comparables;

•

applicable market yields and multiples;

•

security covenants;

•

call protection provisions;

•

information rights;

•

the nature and realizable value of any collateral;

•

the portfolio company’s ability to make payments, its earnings and discounted cash flows and the markets in which it does business;

•

comparisons of financial ratios of peer companies that are public;

•

comparable merger and acquisition transactions; and

•

principal market and enterprise values.

When an external event such as a purchase transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we use the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate our valuation. We record decreases in the market values or fair values of our investments as unrealized depreciation. Declines in prices and liquidity in the corporate debt markets may result in significant net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. The effect of all of these factors on our portfolio may reduce our net asset value by increasing net unrealized depreciation in our portfolio. Depending on market conditions, we could incur substantial realized losses and may suffer additional unrealized losses in future periods, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, and therefore we are not limited with respect to the proportion of our assets that may be invested in securities of a single issuer.

We are classified as a non-diversified investment company within the meaning of the 1940 Act, which means that we are not limited by the 1940 Act with respect to the proportion of our assets that we may invest in securities of a single issuer. Beyond the asset diversification requirements associated with our qualification as a RIC under the Code, we do not have fixed guidelines for diversification. To the extent that we assume large positions in the securities of a small number of issuers or our investments are concentrated in relatively few industries, our net asset value may fluctuate to a greater extent than that of a diversified investment company as a result of changes in the financial condition or the market’s assessment of the issuer. We may also be more susceptible to any single economic or regulatory occurrence than a diversified investment company.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of industries, which may subject us to a risk of significant loss if there is a downturn in a particular industry in which a number of our investments are concentrated.

Our portfolio may be concentrated in a limited number of industries. A downturn in any particular industry in which we are invested could significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

As of June 30, 2018, our investments in the energy equipment and services industry together with oil, gas and consumable fuels represented approximately 19.2% of the fair value of our portfolio; in the professional services industry represented approximately 14.0% of the fair value of our portfolio; in the hotels, restaurants and leisure industry represented approximately 11.4% of the fair value of our portfolio; in the media industry represented approximately 10.9% of the fair value of our portfolio; and in the commercial services and supplies industry represented approximately 10.8% of the fair value of our portfolio. If an industry in which we have significant investments suffers from adverse business or economic conditions, as these industries have to varying degrees, a material portion of our investment portfolio could be affected adversely, which, in turn, could adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

Our investments in the energy equipment and services and oil, gas and consumable fuels industries face considerable uncertainties including substantial regulatory challenges.

Our investments in portfolio companies that operate in the energy equipment and services industry together with oil, gas and consumable fuels represented approximately 19.2%, in the aggregate, of our total portfolio as of June 30, 2018. The revenues, income (or losses) and valuations of companies in these industries are highly dependent upon the valuations of oil and gas companies, which can fluctuate suddenly and dramatically due to any one or more of the following factors:

Commodity Pricing Risk. In general, commodity prices directly affect oil and gas companies, especially for those who own the underlying commodity. In addition, the volatility of commodity prices can affect other oil and gas companies due to the impact of prices on the volume of commodities produced, transported, processed, stored or distributed and on the cost of fuel for power generation companies. The volatility of commodity prices can also affect oil and gas companies’ ability to access the capital markets in light of market perception that their performance may be directly tied to commodity prices. Historically, energy commodity prices have been cyclical and exhibited significant volatility as evident in the recent and sudden decline in oil prices during the second half of 2014.

Regulatory Risk. Changes in the regulatory environment could adversely affect the profitability of oil and gas companies. Federal, state and local governments heavily regulate the businesses of oil and gas companies in diverse matters, such as the way in which assets are constructed, maintained and operated and the prices oil and gas companies may charge for their products and services. Such regulation can change over time in scope and intensity.

Production Risk. The volume of crude oil, natural gas or other energy commodities available for producing, transporting, processing, storing, distributing or generating power may materially impact the profitability of energy companies. A significant decrease in the production of natural gas, crude oil, coal or other energy commodities, due to the decline of production from existing facilities, import supply disruption, depressed commodity prices, political events, OPEC actions or otherwise, could reduce revenue and operating income or increase operating costs of energy companies and, therefore, their ability to pay debt or dividends.

Demand Risk. A sustained decline in demand for crude oil, natural gas and refined petroleum products could materially affect revenues and cash flows of energy companies. Factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand include a recession or other adverse economic conditions, increases in the market price of the underlying commodity, higher taxes or other regulatory actions that increase costs, or shifts in consumer demand for such products.

Depletion and Exploration Risk. Oil and gas companies’ commodities naturally deplete over time. Depletion could have a material adverse impact on such company’s ability to maintain its revenue. Further, estimates of reserves may not be accurate and, even if accurate, reserves may not be produced profitably. In addition, exploration of energy resources, especially of oil and natural gas, is inherently risky and requires large amounts of capital.

Weather Risk. Unseasonable extreme weather patterns could result in significant volatility in demand for energy and power or may directly affect the operations of individual companies. This weather-related risk may create fluctuations in earnings of energy companies.

Operational Risk. Oil and gas companies are subject to various operational risks, such as failed drilling or well development, unscheduled outages, underestimated cost projections, unanticipated operation and maintenance expenses, failure to obtain the necessary permits to operate and failure of third-party contractors to perform their contractual obligations.

Competition Risk. The oil and gas companies in which we may invest will face substantial competition in acquiring properties, enhancing and developing their assets, marketing their commodities, securing trained personnel and operating their properties. Many of their competitors may have financial and other resources that substantially exceed their resources.

Valuation Risk. The valuation of our holdings in oil and gas portfolio companies is subject to uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of reserves of oil, natural gas and coal and in projecting future rates of production and the timing of development expenditures, which are dependent upon many factors beyond our control. The estimates rely on various assumptions, including, but not limited to, commodity prices, operating expenses, capital expenditures and the availability of funds, and are therefore inherently imprecise indications of future net cash flows. Actual future production, cash flows, taxes, operating expenses, development expenditures and quantities of recoverable reserves may vary substantially from those assumed in the estimates. Any significant variance in these assumptions could materially affect the value of our investments in oil and gas companies.

Climate Change. There may be evidence of global climate change. Climate change creates physical and financial risk and some of our portfolio companies may be adversely affected by climate change. For example, the needs of customers of oil and gas companies vary with weather conditions, primarily temperature and humidity. To the extent climate changes affect weather conditions, energy use could increase or decrease depending on the duration and magnitude of any changes. Increased oil and gas use due to weather changes may require additional investments by our portfolio companies in more pipelines and other infrastructure to serve increased demand. A decrease in oil and gas use due to weather changes may affect our portfolio companies’ financial condition through decreased revenues. Extreme weather conditions in general require more system backup, adding to costs, and can contribute to increased system stresses, including service interruptions. Potential lawsuits against or taxes or other regulatory costs imposed on greenhouse gas emitters could also affect oil and gas companies, based on links drawn between greenhouse gas emissions and climate change.

Our investments in the professional services industry face considerable uncertainties including significant regulatory challenges.

Our investments in portfolio companies that operate in the professional services industry represent approximately 14.0% of our total portfolio as of June 30, 2018. Our investments in portfolio companies in the professional services sector include those that provide services related to data and information, building, cleaning and maintenance services, and energy efficiency services. Portfolio companies in the professional services sector are subject to many risks, including the negative impact of regulation, changing technology, a competitive marketplace and difficulty in obtaining financing. Portfolio companies in the professional services industry must respond quickly to technological changes and understand the impact of these changes on customers’ preferences. Adverse economic, business, or regulatory developments affecting the professional services sector could have a negative impact on the value of our investments in portfolio companies operating in this industry, and therefore could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Our investments in the hotels, restaurants and leisure industry face considerable uncertainties including significant technological developments.

Our investments in portfolio companies that operate in the hotels, restaurants and leisure industry represent approximately 11.4% of our total portfolio as of June 30, 2018. Portfolio companies in the hotels, restaurants and leisure sector are subject to many risks, including the negative impact of regulation, changing technology, a competitive marketplace, difficulty in obtaining financing, rapid obsolescence, and agreements linking future rate increases to inflation or other factors not directly related to the active operating profits of the portfolio company. Portfolio companies in the hotels, restaurants and leisure industry must respond quickly to technological changes and understand the impact of these changes on customers’ preferences. If a portfolio company is unable to participate in new product or distribution technologies, its results of operations may suffer. Adverse economic, business, or regulatory developments affecting the entertainment sector could have a negative impact on the value of our investments in portfolio companies operating in this industry, and therefore could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

An investment in media companies may be risky relative to an investment in companies operating in other industries.

Our investments in portfolio companies that operate in the media industry represent approximately 10.9%

of our total portfolio as of June 30, 2018. There are unique risks in investing in companies in the media industry and a downturn in the industry could significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

Media companies typically have limited operating histories, narrower product lines and smaller market shares than larger businesses, which tend to render them more vulnerable to competitors’ actions and market conditions, as well as general economic downturns. In addition, media companies generally have less predictable operating results, may from time to time be parties to litigation, may be engaged in rapidly changing businesses with products subject to a substantial risk of obsolescence, and may require substantial additional capital to support their operations, finance expansion or maintain their competitive position.

In recent years, a number of internet companies have filed for bankruptcy or liquidated, and many large companies whose purchases affect the demand for products and services in the media industry have experienced financial difficulties, which may result in decreased demand for such products and services in the future. Our investments in the media industry may be risky and we could lose all or part of our investments.

We invest in the commercial services and supplies industry, which is subject to specific risks. Any concentration of our portfolio in this industry could subject us to a risk of significant loss if there is a downturn in the industry.

Our investments in portfolio companies that operate in the commercial services and supply industry represent approximately 10.8% of our total portfolio as of June 30, 2018. There are unique risks in investing in

companies in the commercial services and supply industry and a downturn in the industry could significantly impact the aggregate returns we realize.

For example, the operating results and financial condition of our portfolio companies in the commercial services and supplies industry could be adversely affected due to a number of factors, including but not limited to a decrease in demand for their services or supplies relating to seasonality or market forces, termination of contracts with, or other disruptions in or decay of relationships with, their customers or other third parties, such as third-party suppliers or manufacturers, and various other factors. Some market forces that could adversely affect the operating results and financial condition of our portfolio companies in the commercial services and supplies industry may be particular to our specific portfolio companies as a result of direct competition or other factors. In addition, there are risks involved with sales, marketing, managerial and related capabilities of our portfolio companies in the commercial services and supplies industry. For example, recruiting and training a workforce is expensive and time-consuming and could delay the provision of commercial services, result in diminished services, or delay the delivery of supplies.

We likely will have little control over the risks that face our portfolio companies in the commercial services and supplies sector, and any of these companies may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market their services or products effectively, which could render them unable to generate revenues and reach or sustain profitability. Any such occurrence could significantly and adversely impact the aggregate returns we realize.

Our failure to make follow-on investments in our portfolio companies could impair the value of our portfolio.

Following an initial investment in a portfolio company, we may make additional investments in that portfolio company as “follow-on” investments, including exercising warrants, options or convertible securities that were acquired in the original or subsequent financing; in seeking to:

•

increase or maintain in whole or in part our position as a creditor or our equity ownership percentage in a portfolio company;

•

preserve or enhance the value of our investment.

We have discretion to make follow-on investments, subject to the availability of capital resources. Failure on our part to make follow-on investments may, in some circumstances, jeopardize the continued viability of a portfolio company and our initial investment, or may result in a missed opportunity for us to increase our participation in a successful operation. Even if we have sufficient capital to make a desired follow-on investment, we may elect not to make a follow-on investment because we may not want to increase our level of risk, because we prefer other opportunities or because we are inhibited by compliance with BDC requirements of the 1940 Act or the desire to maintain our qualification as a RIC.

Because we generally do not hold controlling equity interests in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to exercise control over our portfolio companies or to prevent decisions by management of our portfolio companies that could decrease the value of our investments.

We do not hold controlling equity positions in any of the portfolio companies included in our portfolio and, although we may do so in the future, we do not currently intend to hold controlling equity positions in our portfolio companies. As a result, we will be subject to the risk that a portfolio company may make business decisions with which we disagree, and that the management and/or stockholders of a portfolio company may take risks or otherwise act in ways that are adverse to our interests. Due to the lack of liquidity of the debt and equity investments that we expect to hold in our portfolio companies, we may not be able to dispose of our investments in the event we disagree with the actions of a portfolio company and may therefore suffer a decrease in the value of our investments.

Prepayments of our debt investments by our portfolio companies could adversely impact our results of operations and ability to make stockholder distributions and result in a decline in the market price of our shares.

We are subject to the risk that the debt investments we make in portfolio companies may be repaid prior to maturity. We expect that our investments will generally allow for repayment at any time subject to certain penalties. When this occurs, we intend to generally reinvest these proceeds in temporary investments, pending their future investment in accordance with our investment strategy. These temporary investments will typically have substantially lower yields than the debt being prepaid, and we could experience significant delays in reinvesting these amounts. Any future investment may also be at lower yields than the debt that was repaid. As a result, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected if one or more of our portfolio companies elects to prepay amounts owed to us. Additionally, prepayments could negatively impact our ability to make, or the amount of, stockholder distributions with respect to our common stock, which could result in a decline in the market price of our shares.

Our portfolio companies may incur debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, our investments in such companies.

We intend to invest a portion of our capital in second lien and subordinated loans issued by our portfolio companies. The portfolio companies usually have, or may be permitted to incur, other debt that ranks equally with, or senior to, the loans in which we invest. By their terms, such debt instruments may provide that the holders are entitled to receive payment of interest or principal on or before the dates on which we are entitled to receive payments in respect of the loans in which we invest. Also, in the event of insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of a portfolio company, holders of debt instruments ranking senior to our investment in that portfolio company would typically be entitled to receive payment in full before we receive any distribution in respect of our investment. After repaying senior creditors, a portfolio company may not have any remaining assets to use for repaying its obligation to us. In the case of debt ranking equally with loans in which we invest, we would have to share any distributions on an equal and ratable basis with other creditors holding such debt in the event of an insolvency, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or bankruptcy of the relevant portfolio company.

Additionally, certain loans that we may make to portfolio companies may be secured on a second priority basis by the same collateral securing senior secured debt of such companies. The first priority liens on the collateral will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under any outstanding senior debt and may secure certain other future debt that may be permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under the agreements governing the loans. The holders of obligations secured by first priority liens on the collateral will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of the collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of the collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of all of the collateral would be sufficient to satisfy the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens after payment in full of all obligations secured by the first priority liens on the collateral. If such proceeds were not sufficient to repay amounts outstanding under the loan obligations secured by the second priority liens, then we, to the extent not repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the collateral, will only have an unsecured claim against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

We may also make unsecured loans to portfolio companies, meaning that such loans will not benefit from any interest in collateral of such companies. Liens on such portfolio companies’ collateral, if any, will secure the portfolio company’s obligations under its outstanding secured debt and may secure certain future debt that is permitted to be incurred by the portfolio company under its secured loan agreements. The holders of obligations secured by such liens will generally control the liquidation of, and be entitled to receive proceeds from, any realization of such collateral to repay their obligations in full before us. In addition, the value of such collateral in the event of liquidation will depend on market and economic conditions, the availability of buyers and other factors. There can be no assurance that the proceeds, if any, from sales of such collateral would be sufficient to satisfy our unsecured loan obligations after payment in full of all secured loan obligations. If such proceeds were

not sufficient to repay the outstanding secured loan obligations, then our unsecured claims would rank equally with the unpaid portion of such secured creditors’ claims against the portfolio company’s remaining assets, if any.

The rights we may have with respect to the collateral securing the loans we make to our portfolio companies with senior debt outstanding may also be limited pursuant to the terms of one or more intercreditor agreements that we enter into with the holders of such senior debt. Under a typical intercreditor agreement, at any time that obligations that have the benefit of the first priority liens are outstanding, any of the following actions that may be taken in respect of the collateral will be at the direction of the holders of the obligations secured by the first priority liens:

•

the ability to cause the commencement of enforcement proceedings against the collateral;

•

the ability to control the conduct of such proceedings;

•

the approval of amendments to collateral documents;

•

releases of liens on the collateral; and

•

waivers of past defaults under collateral documents.

We may not have the ability to control or direct such actions, even if our rights are adversely affected.

The disposition of our investments may result in contingent liabilities.

We currently expect that substantially all of our investments will involve loans and private securities. In connection with the disposition of such an investment, we may be required to make representations about the business and financial affairs of the portfolio company typical of those made in connection with the sale of a business. We may also be required to indemnify the purchasers of such investment to the extent that any such representations turn out to be inaccurate or with respect to potential liabilities. These arrangements may result in contingent liabilities that ultimately result in funding obligations that we must satisfy through our return of distributions previously made to us.

The interest rates of our term loans to our portfolio companies that extend beyond 2021 might be subject to change based on recent regulatory changes.

LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. We typically use LIBOR as a reference rate in term loans we extend to portfolio companies such that the interest due to us pursuant to a term loan extended to a partner company is calculated using LIBOR. Some of our term loan agreements with partner companies contain a stated minimum value for LIBOR.

On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear if at that time whether or not LIBOR will cease to exist or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. The U.S. Federal Reserve, in conjunction with the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of large US financial institutions, is considering replacing U.S. dollar LIBOR with a new index calculated by short term repurchase agreements, backed by Treasury securities. The future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain. Uncertainty as to a LIBOR replacement, or the treatment of securities currently benchmarked to LIBOR, may adversely affect the market for LIBOR-based securities, including our portfolio of LIBOR-indexed, floating-rate debt securities.

We may not realize gains from our equity investments.

When we invest in loans and debt securities, we may acquire warrants or other equity securities of portfolio companies as well. We may also invest in equity securities directly. To the extent we hold equity investments, we will attempt to dispose of them and realize gains upon our disposition of them. However, the equity interests we receive may not appreciate in value and, may decline in value. As a result, we may not be able to realize gains

from our equity interests, and any gains that we do realize on the disposition of any equity interests may not be sufficient to offset any other losses we experience.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, may trade at a discount to their net asset value.

Shares of closed-end investment companies, including BDCs, may trade at a discount from net asset value. This characteristic of closed-end investment companies and BDCs is separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share may decline. We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, above or below net asset value. At a meeting initially convened on November 7, 2017 and reconvened on November 30, 2017 and December 21, 2017, our stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for the period ending on the earlier of the one year anniversary of the date of the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the date of the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we expect to be held in November 2018. Our stockholders did not specify a maximum discount below net asset value at which we are able to issue our common stock, although the number of shares sold in each offering may not exceed 25% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to such sale. In addition, we cannot issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our and our stockholders’ best interests to do so. Sales of common stock at prices below net asset value per share dilute the interests of existing stockholders, have the effect of reducing our net asset value per share and may reduce our market price per share. In addition, continuous sales of common stock below net asset value may have a negative impact on total returns and could have a negative impact on the market price of our shares of common stock. See “—Existing stockholders may incur dilution if, in the future, we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock” for a discussion of a proposal approved by our stockholders that permits us to issue shares of our common stock below net asset value.

There is a risk that you may not receive distributions or that our distributions may not grow over time and a portion of our distributions may be a return of capital.

When we make distributions, we will be required to determine the extent to which such distributions are paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits. Distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of an investor’s basis in our stock and, assuming that an investor holds our stock as a capital asset, thereafter as a capital gain.

To the extent, any distributions by us are funded through waivers of the incentive fee portion of our investment advisory fees such distributions will not be based on our investment performance, and can only be sustained if we achieve positive investment performance in future periods and/or the Adviser continues to waive such fees. Any such waivers in no way imply that the Adviser will waive incentive fees in any future period. There can be no assurance that we will achieve the performance necessary or that the Adviser will waive all or any portion of the incentive fee necessary to be able to pay distributions at a specific rate or at all.

Stockholders may experience dilution in their ownership percentage if they do not participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.

All distributions declared in cash payable to stockholders that are participants in our dividend reinvestment plan are generally automatically reinvested in shares of our common stock. As a result, stockholders that do not

participate in the dividend reinvestment plan may experience dilution over time. Stockholders who receive distributions in shares of common stock may experience accretion to the net asset value of their shares if our shares are trading at a premium and dilution if our shares are trading at a discount. The level of accretion or discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the distribution payable to a stockholder.

Existing stockholders may incur dilution if, in the future, we sell shares of our common stock in one or more offerings at prices below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock.

The 1940 Act prohibits us from selling shares of our common stock at a price below the current net asset value per share of such stock, with certain exceptions. One such exception is prior stockholder approval of issuances below net asset value provided that our board of directors makes certain determinations. In this regard, at a meeting initially convened on November 7, 2017 and reconvened on November 30, 2017 and December 21, 2017, our common stockholders voted to allow us to issue common stock at a price below net asset value per share for the period ending on the earlier of the one year anniversary of the date of the Company’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and the date of the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we expect to be held in November 2018. Our stockholders did not specify a maximum discount below net asset value at which we are able to issue our common stock, although the number of shares sold in each offering may not exceed 25% of our outstanding common stock immediately prior to such sale. In addition, we cannot issue shares of our common stock below net asset value unless our board of directors determines that it would be in our and our stockholders’ best interests to do so. Continued access to this exception will require approval of similar proposals at future stockholder meetings. Any decision to sell shares of our common stock below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock would be subject to the determination by our board of directors that such issuance is in our and our stockholders’ best interests.

If we were to sell shares of our common stock below net asset value per share, such sales would result in an immediate dilution to the net asset value per share. This dilution would occur as a result of the sale of shares at a price below the then current net asset value per share of our common stock and a proportionately greater decrease in a stockholder’s interest in our earnings and assets and voting interest in us than the increase in our assets resulting from such issuance.

Because the number of shares of common stock that could be so issued and the timing of any issuance is not currently known, the actual dilutive effect cannot be predicted; however, the example below illustrates the effect of dilution to existing stockholders resulting from the sale of common stock at prices below the net asset value of such shares.

Illustration: Example of Dilutive Effect of the Issuance of Shares Below Net Asset Value. The example assumes that Company XYZ has 13,500,000 common shares outstanding, $300,000,000 in total assets and $100,000,000 in total liabilities. The current net asset value and net asset value per share are thus $200,000,000 and $14.81. The table illustrates the dilutive effect on nonparticipating Stockholder A of (1) an offering of 1,350,000 shares (10% of the outstanding shares) at $13.33 per share after offering expenses and commissions (a 10% discount from net asset value).


	Prior to Sale Below NAV			Following Sale Below NAV			Percentage Change
*Reduction to NAV*
Total Shares Outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		13,500,000			14,850,000			10.00	%
NAV per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .	$	14.81		$	14.68			(0.91	)%

*Dilution to Existing Stockholder*
Shares Held by Stockholder A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		135,000			135,000	⁽¹⁾		0.0	%
Percentage Held by Stockholder A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .		1.00	%		0.91	%		(9.09	)%
Total Interest of Stockholder A in NAV . . . . . . . . . . . . . .	$	2,000,000		$	1,981,818			(0.91	)%

(1)	Assumes that Stockholder A does not purchase additional shares in the sale of shares below NAV.

Our shares might trade at premiums that are unsustainable or at discounts from net asset value.

Shares of BDCs like us may, during some periods, trade at prices higher than their net asset value per share and, during other periods, as frequently occurs with closed-end investment companies, trade at prices lower than their net asset value per share. The perceived value of our investment portfolio may be affected by a number of factors including perceived prospects for individual companies we invest in, market conditions for common stock generally, for initial public offerings and other exit events for venture capital backed companies, and the mix of companies in our investment portfolio over time. Negative or unforeseen developments affecting the perceived value of companies in our investment portfolio could result in a decline in the trading price of our common stock relative to our net asset value per share.

The possibility that our shares will trade at a discount from net asset value or at premiums that are unsustainable are risks separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share will decrease. The risk of purchasing shares of a BDC that might trade at a discount or unsustainable premium is more pronounced for investors who wish to sell their shares in a relatively short period of time because, for those investors, realization of a gain or loss on their investments is likely to be more dependent upon changes in premium or discount levels than upon increases or decreases in net asset value per share.

Investing in our common stock may involve an above average degree of risk.

The investments we make in accordance with our investment objective may result in a higher amount of risk, and higher volatility or loss of principal, than alternative investment options. Our investments in portfolio companies may be speculative and, therefore, an investment in our common stock may not be suitable for someone with lower risk tolerance.

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

The market price and liquidity of the market for our securities may be significantly affected by numerous factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include:

•

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time;

•

investor demand for our shares;

•

significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of BDCs or other companies in our sector, which is not necessarily related to the operating performance of these companies;

•

changes in regulatory policies or tax guidelines, particularly with respect to RICs or BDCs;

•

loss of our qualification as a RIC or BDC;

•

changes in earnings or variations in operating results;

•

changes in the value of our portfolio of investments;

•

increases in the interest rates we pay;

•

changes in accounting guidelines governing valuation of our investments;

•

any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts;

•

departure of the Adviser’s key personnel;

•

change in the Adviser’s relationship with Cyrus Capital under the Services Agreement;

•

change in the Adviser’s relationship with Stifel under the Stifel arrangement;

•

sales of our shares by the Cyrus Funds;

•

sales of our shares by Stifel;

•

operating performance of companies comparable to us; and

•

general economic trends and other external factors.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been brought against that company. Due to the potential volatility of our stock price, we may become the target of securities litigation in the future. Securities litigation could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

Stifel owns approximately 16% of our total outstanding common stock, and the Cyrus Funds own, in the aggregate, approximately 28% of our total outstanding common stock. The shares held by Stifel and the Cyrus Funds are generally freely tradable in the public market, subject to the volume limitations, applicable holding periods and other provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, the availability of such common stock for sale or the registration of such common stock for sale and the ability of our stockholders, including Stifel and the Cyrus Funds to sell their respective shares at a price per share that is below our then current net asset value per share could adversely affect the prevailing market prices for our common stock. If this occurs and continues it could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of securities should we desire to do so and negatively impact the market of our common stock.

Risks Relating to Our Notes

The Notes are unsecured and therefore are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we have currently incurred or may incur in the future and rank pari passu with, or equal to, all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us and our general liabilities.

The Notes are not be secured by any of our assets or any of the assets of any of our subsidiaries. As a result, the Notes are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness we or our subsidiaries have outstanding (including the Financing Facilities) or that we or our subsidiaries may incur in the future (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured as to which we subsequently grant a security interest) to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. In any liquidation, dissolution, bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, the holders of any of our secured indebtedness or secured indebtedness of our subsidiaries may assert rights against the assets pledged to secure that indebtedness in order to receive full payment of their indebtedness before the assets may be used to pay other creditors, including the holders of the Notes. As of June 30, 2018, we had, through CM SPV, $102.0 million and $17.8 million in outstanding indebtedness under the Term Financing and the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing, respectively, which are secured by the assets held at CM SPV. The indebtedness under the Financing Facilities is effectively senior to the Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes also rank pari passu with, or equal to, our general liabilities, which consist of trade and other payables, including any outstanding dividend payable, base and incentive management fees payable, interest and debt fees payable, vendor payables and accrued expenses such as auditor fees, legal fees, director fees, etc. In total, these general liabilities were $23.1 million as of June 30, 2018.

The Notes are structurally subordinated to the indebtedness and other liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are obligations exclusively of CM Finance Inc, and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Notes, and the Notes will not be required to be guaranteed by any subsidiary we may acquire or create in the future. Any assets of our subsidiaries will not be directly available to satisfy the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes. Except to the extent we are a creditor with recognized claims against our subsidiaries, all claims of creditors of our subsidiaries will have priority over our equity interests in such entities (and therefore the claims of our creditors, including holders of the Notes) with respect to

the assets of such entities. Even if we are recognized as a creditor of one or more of these entities, our claims would still be effectively subordinated to any security interests in the assets of any such current or future subsidiary and to any indebtedness or other liabilities of any such current or future subsidiary senior to our claims, including under the Financing Facilities. Consequently, the Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of any of our existing or future subsidiaries.

The indenture under which the Notes are issued contains limited protection for holders of the Notes.

The Indenture offers limited protection to holders of the Notes. The terms of the Indenture and the Notes do not restrict our or any of our subsidiaries’ ability to engage in, or otherwise be a party to, a variety of corporate transactions, circumstances or events that could have a material adverse impact on your investment in the Notes. In particular, the terms of the Indenture and the Notes do not place any restrictions on our or our subsidiaries’ ability to:

•

issue securities or otherwise incur additional indebtedness or other obligations, including (1) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be equal in right of payment to the Notes, (2) any indebtedness or other obligations that would be secured and therefore rank effectively senior in right of payment to the Notes to the extent of the values of the assets securing such debt, (3) indebtedness of ours that is guaranteed by one or more of our subsidiaries and which therefore is structurally senior to the Notes and (4) securities, indebtedness or obligations issued or incurred by our subsidiaries that would be senior to our equity interests in those entities and therefore rank structurally senior to the Notes with respect to the assets of our subsidiaries, in each case other than an incurrence of indebtedness or other obligation that would cause a violation of Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, but giving effect, in each case, to any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC. Currently, these provisions generally prohibit us from making additional borrowings, including through the issuance of additional debt or the sale of additional debt securities, unless our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, equals at least 200% (or 150% beginning on May 2, 2019, as discussed below) after such borrowings. In accordance with recent legislation, on May 2, 2018, our board of directors, including a “required majority” approved the modified asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 61(a)(2) of the 1940 Act. As a result, our asset coverage requirements for senior securities will change from 200% to 150%, effective May 2, 2019. See “—Our board of directors has approved our ability to incur additional leverage as permitted by recent legislation”.

•

pay dividends on, or purchase or redeem or make any payments in respect of, capital stock or other securities ranking junior in right of payment to the Notes, including subordinated indebtedness, in each case other than dividends, purchases, redemptions or payments that would cause our asset coverage to fall below the threshold specified in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time or any successor provisions, giving effect to (i) any exemptive relief granted to us by the SEC and (ii) no-action relief granted by the SEC to another BDC (or to us if we determine to seek such similar no-action or other relief) permitting the BDC to declare any cash dividend or distribution notwithstanding the prohibition contained in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by such provisions of Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act as may be applicable to us from time to time in order to maintain the BDC’s status as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. These provisions generally prohibit us from declaring any cash dividend or distribution upon any class of our capital stock, or purchasing any such capital stock if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is below 200% (or 150% beginning on May 2, 2019) at the time of the declaration of the dividend or distribution or the purchase and after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase;

•

sell assets (other than certain limited restrictions on our ability to consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets);

•

create liens (including liens on the shares of our subsidiaries) or enter into sale and leaseback transactions;

•

make investments; or

•

create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other amounts to us from our subsidiaries.

In addition, the Indenture does not require us to make an offer to purchase the Notes in connection with a change of control or any other event.

Furthermore, the terms of the Indenture and the Notes do not protect holders of the Notes in the event that we experience changes (including significant adverse changes) in our financial condition, results of operations or credit ratings, if any, as they do not require that we or our subsidiaries adhere to any financial tests or ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity.

Our ability to recapitalize, incur additional debt (including additional debt that matures prior to the maturity of the Notes) and take a number of other actions that are not limited by the terms of the Notes may have important consequences for you as a holder of the Notes, including making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Notes or negatively affecting the trading value of the Notes.

Other debt we issue or incur in the future could contain more protections for its holders than the Indenture and the Notes, including additional covenants and events of default. The issuance or incurrence of any such debt with incremental protections could affect the market for trading levels and prices of the Notes.

Even though the Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, an active trading market for the Notes may not develop, which could limit your ability to sell the Notes or affect the market price of the Notes.

We cannot provide any assurances that an active trading market will develop for the Notes, or that, if it does develop, it will be sustained or that you will be able to sell your Notes. The Notes may trade at a discount from the price paid for the notes depending on prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities, our credit ratings, if any, general economic conditions, our financial condition, performance and prospects and other factors.

Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid trading market will develop for the Notes or that, if an active trading market for the Notes does develop, it will be sustained, that you will be able to sell your Notes at a particular time or that the price you receive when you sell will be favorable. To the extent an active trading market does not develop, the liquidity and trading price for the Notes may be harmed. Accordingly, you may be required to bear the financial risk of an investment in the Notes for an indefinite period of time.

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under the Term Financing or the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing or other indebtedness to which we may be a party that is not waived by the required lenders, and the remedies sought by lenders or the holders of such indebtedness could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, or if we otherwise fail to comply with the various covenants, including financial and operating covenants, in the instruments governing our indebtedness (including the Financing Facilities), we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness, including the Notes. In the event of such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder to be due and payable, together with accrued and unpaid interest, the lenders under the Financing Facilities or other debt we may incur in the future could elect to terminate their commitment, cease making further loans and institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

Our ability to generate sufficient cash flow in the future is, to some extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors as well as other factors that are beyond our control. We cannot assure you that our business will generate cash flow from investment activities, or that future borrowings will be available to us under the Financing Facilities or otherwise, in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our payment obligations under the Notes, our other debt, and to fund other liquidity needs.

If our operating performance declines and we are not able to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, we may in the future need to refinance or restructure our debt, including any Notes sold, sell assets, reduce or delay capital investments, seek to raise additional capital or seek to obtain waivers from the lenders under the Financing Facilities or other debt that we may incur in the future to avoid being in default. If we are unable to implement one or more of these alternatives, we may not be able to meet our payment obligations under the Notes and our other debt. If we breach our covenants under the Financing Facilities or any of our other debt and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders or holders thereof. If this occurs, we would be in default under the Financing Facilities or other debt, the lenders or holders could exercise rights as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. If we are unable to repay debt, lenders having secured obligations could proceed against the collateral securing the debt, including the Financing Facilities. Because the Financing Facilities have, and any future credit facilities will likely have, customary cross-default provisions, if we have a default under the terms of the Notes, the obligations under the Financing Facilities or any future credit facility may be accelerated and we may be unable to repay or finance the amounts due.

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2.

Properties

We do not own any real estate. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 601 Lexington Avenue 26^th Floor, New York, New York 10022. All locations are provided to us by the Adviser pursuant to the Administration Agreement and indirectly by Cyrus Capital through the Services Agreement. We believe that our office facilities are and will be suitable and adequate for our business as we contemplate conducting it.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against us. From time to time, we may be a party to certain legal proceedings in the

ordinary course of business, including proceedings relating to the enforcement of our rights under contracts with our portfolio companies. While the outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not expect that these proceedings will have a material effect upon our financial condition or results of operations.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CMFN.” The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low sales prices of our common stock, as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:


	Price Range
Fiscal Year Ended	High		Low
*June 30, 2019*
First quarter (through August 31, 2018)	$	9.35	$	8.75

*June 30, 2018*
Fourth quarter		9.88		7.90
Third quarter		8.70		7.75
Second quarter		9.65		7.70
First quarter		10.30		9.25

*June 30, 2017*
Fourth quarter		10.80		9.95
Third quarter		10.50		9.20
Second quarter		10.25		8.65
First quarter		10.31		8.85

The last reported sale price for our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on August 31, 2018 was $9.15 per share. As of August 31, 2018, we had 27 stockholders of record, which did not include stockholders for whom shares are held in nominee or “street” name.

Shares of BDCs may trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares. The possibility that our shares of common stock will trade at a discount from net asset value per share or at premiums that are unsustainable over the long term are separate and distinct from the risk that our net asset value per share will decrease. It is not possible to predict whether the common stock will trade at, above, or below net asset value per share.

Dividends

Our dividends, if any, are determined by our board of directors. We intend to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we qualify as a RIC, we will not be taxed on our investment company taxable income or realized net capital gains, to the extent that such taxable income or gains are distributed, or deemed to be distributed, to stockholders on a timely basis.

To qualify for RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute at least 90% of our net ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any.

Depending on the level of taxable income earned in a tax year, we may choose to carry forward taxable income in excess of current year distributions into the next tax year and pay a 4% excise tax on such income. Any such carryover taxable income must be distributed through a dividend declared prior to filing the final tax return related to the year which generated such taxable income. We may, in the future, make actual distributions to our stockholders of our net capital gains. We can offer no assurance that we will achieve results that will permit the payment of any cash distributions and, if we issue senior securities, we may be prohibited from making distributions if doing so causes us to fail to maintain the asset coverage ratios stipulated by the 1940 Act or if distributions are limited by the terms of any of our borrowings.

We have adopted an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan (“DRIP”) for our common stockholders. As a result, if we make cash distributions, then stockholders’ cash distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of our common stock, unless they specifically “opt out” of the dividend reinvestment plan so as to receive cash distributions.

The following table reflects, for the periods indicated, the distributions per share that our board of directors has declared on our common stock:

Fiscal Year Ended

Date Declared

Record Date

Pay Date

Amount
Per Share

June 30, 2019

First Quarter

August 23, 2018

September 18, 2018

October 5, 2018

0.2500

June 30, 2018

Fourth Quarter

May 2, 2018

June 15, 2018

July 5, 2018

0.2500

Third Quarter

February 6, 2018

March 16, 2018

April 5, 2018

0.2500

Second Quarter

November 7, 2017

December 15, 2017

January 4, 2018

0.2500

First Quarter

August 24, 2017

September 8, 2017

October 5, 2017

0.2500

June 30, 2017

Fourth Quarter

May 2, 2017

June 16, 2017

July 6, 2017

0.2500

Third Quarter

November 3, 2016

March 17, 2017

April 6, 2017

0.2500

Second Quarter

November 3, 2016

December 16, 2016

January 5, 2017

0.3516

First Quarter

August 25, 2016

September 16, 2016

October 6, 2016

0.3516

Total

2.4532

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Use of Proceeds from Recent Sales of Registered Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities

None.

Stock Performance Graph

This graph compares the return on our common stock with that of the Wells Fargo BDC Index, the NASDAQ Financial Index and a customized peer group of six companies that includes Alcentra Capital Corp, Garrison Capital Inc., OFS Capital Corp., Stellus Capital Investment Corp, THL Credit, Inc., and WhiteHorse Finance Inc, for the period from February 6, 2014 (initial public offering) through June 30, 2018. The graph assumes that, on February 6, 2014, an investment of $100 (with reinvestment of all dividends) was made in our common stock (at the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share), in each index and in the peer group. The graph measures total stockholder return, which takes into account both changes in stock price and dividends. It assumes that dividends paid are invested in like securities.

LOGO

The graph and other information furnished under this Part II Item 5 of this Form 10-K shall not be deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C, or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the 1934 Act. The stock price performance included in the above graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data for the year ended June 30, 2018 is derived from our financial statements which have been audited by RSM US LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm. The following selected financial data for the years ended June 30, 2017, June 30, 2016, June 30, 2015 and June 30, 2014, is derived from our financial statements which have been audited by Ernst and Young, LLP, our former independent registered public accounting firm. The data should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes thereto and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this report.


	For the year ended June 30,
Statement of Operations Data:	2018		2017		2016			2015		2014
Total investment income	$	40,791,752	$	31,012,197	$	35,579,922		$	36,917,105	$	21,134,061
Total expenses, net of fee waiver	$	21,816,119	$	15,313,613	$	15,725,966		$	16,699,402	$	5,135,934
Net investment income	$	18,975,633	$	15,698,584	$	19,853,956		$	20,217,703	$	15,998,127
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	15,625,480	$	23,579,465	$	(9,344,770	)	$	15,433,288	$	16,176,034

Per Share Data⁽¹⁾:
Net asset value	$	12.57	$	12.41	$	11.90		$	14.41		14.65
Net investment income	$	1.39	$	1.15	$	1.45		$	1.48		0.47
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	1.14	$	1.72	$	(0.68	)	$	1.13		0.51
Distributions declared	$	1.00	$	1.20	$	1.83		$	1.37		0.52


	For the year ended June 30,
Statement of Operations Data:	2018			2017			2016			2015			2014

Balance Sheet Data:
Investments at fair value	$	293,592,013		$	254,907,171		$	272,114,164		$	330,323,856		$	273,710,465
Cash and cash equivalents	$	5,620,441		$	10,646,697		$	18,433,066		$	21,535,492		$	24,698,073
Total assets	$	314,534,581		$	296,033,878		$	321,471,906		$	362,789,876		$	308,759,998
Total liabilities	$	143,011,915		$	126,085,766		$	158,722,023		$	165,839,027		$	108,543,177
Total net assets	$	171,522,666		$	169,948,112		$	162,749,883		$	196,950,849		$	200,216,821

Other Data:
Number of portfolio companies at period end		25			23			22			26			24
Weighted average yield on debt investments (at cost) at period end		11.19	%		9.73	%		9.80	%		10.91	%		10.82	%

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Some of the statements in this annual report on Form 10-K constitute forward-looking statements, which relate to future events or our future performance or financial condition. The forward-looking statements contained in this annual report on Form 10-K involve risks and uncertainties, including statements as to:

•

our future operating results;

•

our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio companies;

•

the effect of investments that we expect to make;

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with Stifel and the Cyrus Funds;

•

our contractual arrangements and relationships with lenders and other third parties;

•

actual and potential conflicts of interest with the Adviser;

•

the dependence of our future success on the general economy, interest rates and the effects of each on the industries in which we invest;

•

the ability of our portfolio companies to achieve their objectives or service their debt obligations to us;

•

the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our investments;

•

the adequacy of our financing sources and working capital;

•

the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our portfolio companies;

•

the ability of the Adviser to locate suitable investments for us and to monitor and administer our investments;

•

the ability of the Adviser to attract and retain highly talented professionals;

•

our ability to qualify and maintain our qualification as a RIC and as a BDC;

•

our ability to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC;

•

our ability to obtain an SBIC license; and

•

the effect of changes to tax legislation and our tax position and other legislative and regulatory changes.

Such forward-looking statements may include statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “may,” “might,” “will,” “intend,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan” or similar words.

We have based the forward-looking statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K on information available to us on the date of this report on Form 10-K. Actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in our forward-looking statements, and future results could differ materially from historical performance. We undertake no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, unless required by law or SEC rule or regulation. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make directly to you or through reports that we in the future may file with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.

Overview

We are a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the 1940 Act. In addition, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, we intend to continue to qualify to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.

Our primary investment objective is to maximize total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation by investing directly in debt and related equity of privately held middle market companies to help these companies fund acquisitions, growth or refinancing. We invest primarily in middle- market companies in the form of unitranche loans, standalone first and second lien and mezzanine loans. We may also invest in unsecured debt, bonds and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments.

On February 5, 2014, we priced our initial public offering, selling 7,666,666 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001, including the underwriters’ over-allotment, at a price of $15.00 per share with net proceeds of approximately $111.5 million.

CM Finance LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, commenced operations in March 2012. Immediately prior to our initial public offering, the Merger was consummated, whereby CM Finance LLC merged with and into us. In connection with the Merger, we issued 6,000,000 shares of common stock and $39.8 million in debt to the pre-existing CM Finance LLC investors, consisting of the Cyrus Funds. CM Finance Inc had no assets or operations prior to completion of the Merger and, as a result, the books and records of CM Finance LLC became our books and records, as the surviving entity. Immediately after the Merger, we issued 2,181,818 shares of our common stock to Stifel in exchange for $32.7 million in cash. We used all of the proceeds of the sale of shares to Stifel, to repurchase 2,181,818 shares of common stock from the Cyrus Funds. Immediately after the completion of the initial public offering, we had 13,666,666 shares outstanding. We also used a portion of the net proceeds of the initial public offering to repay 100% of the debt issued to the Cyrus Funds in connection with the Merger.

Upon our election to be regulated as a BDC on February 5, 2014, we entered into the Investment Advisory Agreement and the Administration Agreement with the Adviser as our investment adviser and administrator, respectively.

We have formed certain additional taxable subsidiaries (collectively, the “Taxable Subsidiaries”), which are taxed as corporations for federal income tax purposes. At June 30, 2018, we had four Taxable Subsidiaries: CM Portfolio Companies LLC, U.S. Well Services Blocker, LLC, Bird Electric Blocker, LLC, and Zinc Borrower Blocker, LLC. These Taxable Subsidiaries allow the Company to hold equity securities of portfolio companies organized as pass-through entities while continuing to satisfy the requirements applicable to a RIC under the Code.

Critical accounting policies

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles

(“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. Changes in the economic environment, financial markets and any other parameters used in determining such estimates could cause actual results to differ. Management considers the following critical accounting policies important to understanding the financial statements. In addition to the discussion below, our critical accounting policies are further described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

Valuation of portfolio investments

We value our portfolio investments at fair value based upon the principles and methods of valuation set forth in policies adopted by our board of directors. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset that (a) are independent of us, (b) are knowledgeable, having a reasonable understanding about the asset based on all available information (including information that might be obtained through due diligence efforts that are usual and customary), (c) are able to transact for the asset, and (d) are willing to transact for the asset or liability (that is, they are motivated but not forced or otherwise compelled to do so).

Debt and equity securities for which market quotations are not readily available or for which market quotations are deemed not to represent fair value are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors. Because a readily available market value for many of the investments in our portfolio is often not available, we value many of our portfolio investments at fair value as determined in good faith by our board of directors using a consistently applied valuation process in accordance with a documented valuation policy that has been reviewed and approved by our board of directors. Due to the inherent uncertainty and subjectivity of determining the fair value of investments that do not have a readily available market value, the fair value of our investments may differ significantly from the values that would have been used had a readily available market value existed for such investments and may differ materially from the values that we may ultimately realize. In addition, changes in the market environment and other events may have differing impacts on the market quotations used to value some of our investments than on the fair values of our investments for which market quotations are not readily available. Market quotations may also be deemed not to represent fair value in certain circumstances where we believe that facts and circumstances applicable to an issuer, a seller or purchaser, or the market for a particular security causes current market quotations not to reflect the fair value of the security. Examples of these events could include cases where a security trades infrequently, causing a quoted purchase or sale price to become stale, where there is a “forced” sale by a distressed seller, where market quotations vary substantially among market makers, or where there is a wide bid- ask spread or significant increase in the bid ask spread.

are public, merger and acquisition comparables, our principal market (as the reporting entity) and enterprise values.

With respect to investments for which market quotations are not readily available, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below:

•

our quarterly valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the members of the Investment Team responsible for the portfolio investment;

•

preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed by our senior management and the Adviser;

•

on a periodic basis, at least once annually, the valuation for each portfolio investment is reviewed by an independent valuation firm engaged by our board of directors;

•

the valuation committee of our board of directors then reviews these preliminary valuations and makes a recommendation to our board of directors regarding the fair value of each investment; and

•

the board of directors then reviews and discusses these preliminary valuations and determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith, based on the input of the Adviser, the independent valuation firm and the valuation committee.

When valuing all of our investments, we strive to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Inputs refer broadly to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset, including assumptions about risk. Inputs may be observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of us. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability developed based on the best information available under the circumstances.

Our investments are categorized based on the types of inputs used in their valuation. The level in the GAAP valuation hierarchy in which an investment falls is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation of the investment in its entirety. Investments are classified by GAAP into the three broad levels as follows:

Level 1 — valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 — valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as (a) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (b) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, that is, markets in which there are few transactions for the asset or liability, the prices are not current, or price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly; (c) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or (d) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 — valuation is based on unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Unobservable inputs are used to measure fair value to the extent that observable inputs are not available, thereby allowing for situations in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date. However, the fair value measurement objective remains the same, that is, an exit price from the perspective of a market participant that holds the asset or owes the liability. Therefore, unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk. Unobservable inputs are developed based on the best information available under the circumstances, which might include the Company’s own data. The Company’s own data used to develop unobservable inputs is adjusted if information is reasonably available without undue cost and effort that indicates that market participants would use different assumptions.

As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017 all of our investments were classified as Level 3 investments, determined based on valuations by our board of directors.

Determination of fair value involves subjective judgments and estimates. Accordingly, the notes to our financial statements express the uncertainty with respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change in such valuations, on the consolidated financial statements.

Revenue recognition

Our revenue recognition policies are as follows:

Net realized gains (losses) on investments: Gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method.

Interest Income: Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Origination, closing, commitment, and amendment fees, purchase and original issue discounts associated with loans to portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans. Accretion of discounts or premiums is calculated by the effective interest or straight-line method, as applicable, as of the purchase date and adjusted only for material amendments or prepayments. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties and unamortized fees and discounts are recorded as interest income and are non-recurring in nature.

Structuring fees and similar fees are recognized as income as earned, usually when received. Structuring fees, excess deal deposits, net profits interests and overriding royalty interests are included in other fee income.

We may hold debt investments in our portfolio that contain a PIK interest provision. The PIK interest, which represents contractually deferred interest added to the investment balance that is generally due at maturity, is recorded on the accrual basis to the extent such amounts are expected to be collected.

Non-accrual: Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 90 days or more or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment about ultimate collectability of principal. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current. PIK interest is not accrued if we do not expect the issuer to be able to pay all principal and interest when due. As of June 30, 2018, we had no investments on non-accrual status. As of June 30, 2017, we had one investment on non-accrual status, which represented approximately 3.0% of our portfolio at fair value.

Financing Facilities

We have, through CM SPV, our wholly owned subsidiary, entered into a $102.0 million term secured financing facility (the “Term Financing”), due December 5, 2020 with UBS AG, London Branch (together with its affiliates “UBS”). The Term Financing is collateralized by a portion of the debt investments in our portfolio. Borrowings under the Term Financing bear interest (i) at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.75% through December 4, 2018, and (ii) at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.55% from December 5, 2018 through December 5, 2020 (the “Term Financing Rate”). We also incur an annual fee of approximately 1% of the outstanding borrowings under the Term Financing. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, we had $102.0 million and $102.0 million outstanding under the Term Financing.

Financing is drawn, the fee will be 2.75% per annum. Any amounts borrowed under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 5, 2019. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were $17.8 million and $0 borrowings outstanding under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing.

On November 9, 2016, we entered into a $50 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Citi Revolving Financing”) with Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), which was secured by collateral consisting primarily of commercial loans and corporate bonds. Borrowings under the Citi Revolving Financing generally bore interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 4.85% and the default interest rate was equal to the interest rate then in effect plus 2.00%. As of June 30, 2018, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Citi Revolving Financing. On December 8, 2017, we repaid in full all indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations under, and terminated, the Citi Revolving Financing. In accordance with the termination of the Citi Revolving Financing, all liens on the collateral securing the Citi Revolving Financing were released. We refer to the Term Financing, the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing and the Citi Revolving Financing together as the “Financing Facilities.”

Investments

Our level of investment activity can and does vary substantially from period to period depending on many factors, including the amount we have available to invest as well as the amount of debt and equity capital available to middle-market companies, the level of merger and acquisition activity, the general economic environment and the competitive environment for the types of investments we make.

As a BDC, we are required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, as a BDC, we may not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying assets (with certain limited exceptions). Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant SEC rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private companies, companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million. In each case, the company must be organized in the United States. As of June 30, 2018, approximately 19.6% of our total assets were non-qualifying assets.

To qualify as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements. As a RIC, we generally will not have to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any income we distribute to our stockholders.

Revenues

We generate revenues primarily in the form of interest on the debt we hold. We also generate revenue from royalty income, dividends on our equity interests and capital gains on the sale of warrants and other debt or equity interests that we acquire. Our investments in fixed income instruments generally have an expected maturity of three to five years, although we have no lower or upper constraint on maturity. Interest on our debt investments is generally payable quarterly or semi-annually. Payments of principal of our debt investments may be amortized over the stated term of the investment, deferred for several years or due entirely at maturity. In some cases, our debt investments and preferred stock investments may defer payments of cash interest or dividends or PIK interest. Any outstanding principal amount of our debt investments and any accrued but unpaid interest will generally become due at the maturity date. In addition, we may generate revenue in the form of prepayment fees, commitment, origination, structuring or due diligence fees, fees for providing significant managerial assistance, consulting fees and other investment related income.

Expenses

Our primary operating expenses include the payment of a base management fee and, depending on our operating results, incentive fees, expenses reimbursable by us under the Investment Advisory Agreement, and

administration fees and our allocable portion of overhead under the Administration Agreement. The base management fee and incentive compensation remunerates the Adviser for work in identifying, evaluating, negotiating, closing and monitoring our investments. We bear all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses of our operations and transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to:

•

our organization and our offering;

•

valuing our assets and calculating our net asset value per share (including the cost and expenses of any independent valuation firm(s));

•

interest payable on debt, if any, incurred to finance our investments and expenses related to unsuccessful portfolio acquisition efforts;

•

offerings of our common stock and other securities;

•

administration fees and expenses, if any, payable under the Administration Agreement (including our allocable portion of the Adviser’s overhead in performing its obligations under the Administration Agreement, including rent, equipment and the allocable portion of the cost of our chief compliance officer, chief financial officer and his staffs’ compensation and compensation-related expenses);

•

transfer agent and custody fees and expenses;

•

federal and state registration fees;

•

costs of registration and listing our shares on any securities exchange;

•

federal, state and local taxes;

•

independent directors’ fees and expenses;

•

costs of preparing and filing reports or other documents required by the SEC or other regulators;

•

costs of any reports, proxy statements or other notices to stockholders including printing costs;

•

costs associated with individual or group stockholders;

•

costs and fees associated with any fidelity bond, directors and officers/errors and omissions liability insurance, and any other insurance premiums;

•

direct costs and expenses of administration and operation, including printing, mailing, long distance telephone, copying, secretarial and other staff, independent auditors and outside legal costs; and

•

all other non-investment advisory expenses incurred by us or the Adviser in connection with administering our business.

Portfolio and investment activity

Portfolio composition

We invest primarily in middle-market companies in the form of unitranche loans and standalone first and second lien loans. We may also invest in unsecured debt, bonds and in the equity of portfolio companies through warrants and other instruments.

As of June 30, 2018, our investment portfolio consisted of debt and equity investments in 25 portfolio companies, of which 52.1% were first lien investments, 43.3% of $293.6 million (at fair value) were second lien investments, 0.2% were in unsecured debt investments, 4.2% were unitranche loans, and 0.2% were in equities, warrants and other positions. At June 30, 2018, our average and largest portfolio company investment at fair value was $11.7 million and $24.9 million, respectively.

At June 30, 2017, our investment portfolio of $254.9 million (at fair value) consisted of debt and equity investments in 23 portfolio companies, of which 49.9% were first lien investments, 49.7% were second lien investments, and 0.4% were in equity investments. At June 30, 2017, our average and largest portfolio company investment at fair value was $11.1 million and $25.9 million, respectively.

As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, our weighted average total yield of debt and income producing securities at amortized cost (which includes interest income and amortization of fees and discounts) was 11.19% and 9.73%, respectively.

Beginning March 31, 2018, we use Global Industry Classification Standard (“GICS”) codes to identify the industry groupings. At June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively, the industry composition of our portfolio in accordance with GICS at fair value was as follows:


	Percentage of Total Portfolio at June 30, 2018			Percentage of Total Portfolio at June 30, 2017
Professional Services		13.98	%		—	%
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure		11.36			12.24
Energy Equipment & Services		10.97			6.90
Media		10.88			6.04
Commercial Services & Supplies		10.76			4.61
IT Services		9.54			7.84
Diversified Telecommunication Services		8.49			10.18
Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels		8.24			8.67
Distributors		4.25			3.61
Health Care Providers & Services		3.85			8.26
Chemicals		2.73			—
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		2.55			2.91
Electronic Equipment		2.24			4.34
Wireless Telecommunication Services		0.16			6.08
Road & Rail		—			5.41
Building Products		—			3.90
Electric Utilities		—			2.95
Specialty Retail		—			2.92
Household Durables		—			2.75
Leisure Products		—			0.39

		100.00	%		100.00	%

During the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, we added 23 new investments and 10 separate draws on existing revolving credit facilities, totaling approximately $172.5 million. Of these investments, 18 were in new portfolio companies and five were in existing portfolio companies. Of these new investments, 83.6% consisted of first lien investments, 16.1% second lien investments, and 0.3% in equity, warrants, and other investments.

During the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, we added 28 new investments, totaling approximately $134.3 million. Of these investments, 15 were in new portfolio companies and 13 were in existing portfolio companies. Of these new investments, 63.3% consisted of first lien investments, 36.7% second lien investments.

At June 30, 2018, 95.8% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates based on indices such as LIBOR (in certain cases, subject to interest rate floors), and 4.2% bore interest at fixed rates. At June 30, 2017, 95.2% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates based on indices such as LIBOR (in certain cases, subject to interest rate floors), and 4.3% bore interest at fixed rates.

Our investment portfolio may contain loans that are in the form of lines of credit or revolving credit facilities, which require us to provide funding when requested by portfolio companies in accordance with the terms of the underlying loan agreements. As of June 30, 2018, we had three such investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of $2,754,551. As of June 30, 2017, we had two such investments with aggregate unfunded commitments of $1,205,421.

Asset Quality


Investment Rating 1		Investments that are performing above expectations, and whose risks remain favorable compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment.

Investment Rating 2		Investments that are performing within expectations and whose risks remain neutral compared to the expected risk at the time of the original investment. All new loans will initially be rated 2.

Investment Rating 3		Investments that are performing below expectations and that require closer monitoring, but where no loss of return or principal is expected. Portfolio companies with a rating of 3 may be out of compliance with their financial covenants.

Investment Rating 4		Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are often in workout. Investments with a rating of 4 will be those for which some loss of return but no loss of principal is expected.

Investment Rating 5		Investments that are performing substantially below expectations and whose risks have increased substantially since the original investment. These investments are almost always in workout. Investments with a rating of 5 will be those for which some loss of return and principal is expected.

If the Adviser determines that an investment is underperforming, or circumstances suggest that the risk associated with a particular investment has significantly increased, the Adviser will increase its monitoring intensity and prepare regular updates for the investment committee, summarizing current operating results and material impending events and suggesting recommended actions. While the investment rating system identifies the relative risk for each investment, the rating alone does not dictate the scope and/or frequency of any monitoring that will be performed. The frequency of the Adviser’s monitoring of an investment will be determined by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the trends in the financial performance of the portfolio company, the investment structure and the type of collateral securing the investment.

The following table shows the investment rankings of the debt investments in our portfolio:


	As of June 30. 2018							As of June 30, 2017
	Fair Value		% of Portfolio			Number of Investments		Fair Value		% of Portfolio			Number of Investments
1	$	6,458,750		2.2	%		1	$	—		—	%		—
2		267,055,281		91.0			29		212,729,243		83.5			18
3		8,765,286		3.0			1		27,899,860		10.9			3
4		10,580,954		3.6			2		6,759,238		2.7			1
5		731,742		0.2			2		7,518,830		2.9			2

Total	$	293,592,013		100.0	%		35	$	254,907,171		100.0	%		24

Results of Operations

Comparison of the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017

Investment income

Investment income, attributable primarily to dividends, interest and fees on our debt investments, for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 increased to $40.8 million from $31.0 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to dividends received from our wholly-owned subsidiaries of Bird Electric Blocker, LLC and U.S. Well Services Blocker, LLC.

Expenses

Total expenses (including waiver, if applicable) for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 increased to $21.8 million from $15.3 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, due primarily to an increase in our income-based incentive fee and our tax provision related to the dividend received from our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Net investment income

Net investment income increased to $19.0 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 from $15.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, due to an increase in investment income primarily due to the dividend received from our wholly-owned subsidiaries offset by our income-based incentive and our tax provision related to the dividend received from our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

Net realized gain or loss

The net realized loss on investments totaled $9.9 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, primarily due to the restructuring of Bird Electric, LLC and the sale of Dayton Superior Corporation during the period.

The net realized loss on investments totaled $11.8 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to the restructuring of U.S. Well Services, LLC and AAR Intermediate Holdings LLC during the period.

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments

We recorded a net change in unrealized appreciation of $6.5 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, primarily due to an increase in fair value of our investments in Caelus Energy Alaska 03, LLC, AP NMT Acquisition BV and the restructuring of Bird Electric, LLC offset by the restructuring of Trident USA Health Services, LLC during the period.

We recorded a net change in unrealized appreciation of $19.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, primarily due to an increase in fair value of our investments in Caelus Energy Alaska 03, LLC and PR Wireless, Inc., the realization of North American Lifting Holdings, Inc. and the restructuring of U.S. Well Services, LLC and AAR Intermediate Holdings LLC during the period.

Comparison of the twelve months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016

Investment income

Investment income, attributable primarily to interest and fees on our debt investments, for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017 decreased to $31.0 million from $35.6 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to the repayment of portfolio companies with higher yields and a higher percentage of uninvested cash during the quarter ended June 30, 2017.

Expenses

Total expenses (including waiver, if applicable) for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017 decreased to $15.3 million from $15.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, due primarily to an increase in our income-based incentive fee waiver.

Net investment income

Net investment income decreased to $15.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017 from $19.9 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to a decrease in investment income primarily due to one investment being on non-accrual and the repayment of portfolio companies with higher yields replaced by lower yielding portfolio companies.

Net realized gain or loss

The net realized gain on investments totaled $0.3 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to on sales activity during the period.

Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments

We recorded a net change in unrealized depreciation of $29.5 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, primarily due to decline in fair value of our investments in Bird Electric Enterprises, LLC, AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC, and YRC Worldwide, Inc.

Liquidity and capital resources

Cash flows

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, our cash balance decreased by $5.0 million. During that period, we used $8.2 million in cash towards operating activities, primarily due to proceeds from repayment and sale of investments in portfolio companies of $143.2 million, offset by investments of $172.2 million in portfolio companies. During the same period, we generated $3.2 million from financing activities, consisting primarily of proceeds from the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing offset by distributions to our stockholders and repayments to the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing.

Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2018, we had $5.6 million of cash as well as $2.7 million in restricted cash and $32.2 million of capacity under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing. As of June 30, 2018, we had approximately $119.8 million of senior securities outstanding and our asset coverage ratio was 243%. We intend to generate additional cash primarily from future offerings of securities, future borrowings under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing as well as cash flows from operations, including income earned from investments in our portfolio companies and, to a lesser extent, from the temporary investment of cash in U.S. government securities and other high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less. Our primary liquidity needs include interest and principal repayments on our Financing Facilities, our unfunded loan commitments (if any), investments in portfolio companies, dividend distributions to our stockholders and operating expenses.

As discussed below in further detail, we have elected to be treated as a RIC under the Code. To maintain our RIC status, we generally must distribute substantially all of our net taxable income to stockholders in the form of dividends. Our net taxable income does not necessarily equal our net income as calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Regulated Investment Company Status and Distributions

We have elected to be treated as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. If we qualify as a RIC, we will not be taxed on our investment company taxable income or realized net capital gains, to the extent that such taxable income or gains are distributed, or deemed to be distributed, to stockholders on a timely basis.

Taxable income generally differs from net income for financial reporting purposes due to temporary and permanent differences in the recognition of income and expenses, and generally excludes net unrealized appreciation or depreciation until realized. Dividends declared and paid by us in a year may differ from taxable income for that year as such dividends may include the distribution of current year taxable income or the distribution of prior year taxable income carried forward into and distributed in the current year. Distributions also may include returns of capital.

To qualify for RIC tax treatment, we must, among other things, distribute to our stockholders, with respect to each taxable year, at least 90% of our investment company net taxable income (i.e., our net ordinary income and our realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any). We will also be subject to a federal excise tax, based on distributive requirements of our taxable income on a calendar year basis.

We intend to distribute to our stockholders between 90% and 100% of our annual taxable income (which includes our taxable interest and fee income). However, the covenants contained in the Financing Facilities may prohibit us from making distributions to our stockholders, and, as a result, could hinder our ability to satisfy the distribution requirement. In addition, we may retain for investment some or all of our net taxable capital gains (i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized net short-term capital losses) and treat such amounts as deemed distributions to our stockholders. If we do this, our stockholders will be treated as if they received actual distributions of the capital gains we retained and then reinvested the net after-tax proceeds in our common stock. Our stockholders also may be eligible to claim tax credits (or, in certain circumstances, tax refunds) equal to their allocable share of the tax we paid on the capital gains deemed distributed to them. To the extent our taxable earnings for a fiscal taxable year fall below the total amount of our dividends for that fiscal year, a portion of those dividend distributions may be deemed a return of capital to our stockholders.

We may not be able to achieve operating results that will allow us to make distributions at a specific level or to increase the amount of these distributions from time to time. In addition, we may be limited in our ability to make distributions due to the asset coverage test for borrowings applicable to us as a BDC under the 1940 Act and due to provisions in the Financing Facilities. We cannot assure stockholders that they will receive any distributions or distributions at a particular level.

In accordance with certain applicable Treasury regulations and private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, a RIC may treat a distribution of its own stock as fulfilling its RIC distribution requirements if each stockholder elects to receive his or her entire distribution in either cash or stock of the RIC, subject to a limitation that the aggregate amount of cash to be distributed to all stockholders must be at least 20% of the aggregate declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive cash, each stockholder electing to receive cash must receive a pro rata amount of cash (with the balance of the distribution paid in stock). In no event will any stockholder, electing to receive cash, receive less than 20% of his or her entire distribution in cash. If these and certain other requirements are met, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in stock will be equal to the amount of cash that could have been received instead of stock. We have no current intention of paying dividends in shares of our stock in accordance with these Treasury regulations or private letter rulings.

Investment Advisory Agreement

Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement, we have agreed to pay to the Adviser a base management fee of 1.75% of gross assets, as adjusted, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents and “fair value of derivatives associated with our financing”, and an incentive fee consisting of two parts.

The first part of the incentive fee, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of the “pre-incentive fee net investment income” (as defined in the Investment Advisory Agreement) for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a hurdle rate of 2.0% per quarter (8.0% annualized), and is subject to a “catch-up” feature. The incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. The net pre-incentive fee investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of our gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

The second part of the incentive fee is calculated and payable in arrears as of the end of each calendar year and equals 20.0% of the aggregate cumulative realized capital gains from inception through the end of each calendar year, computed net of aggregate cumulative realized capital losses and aggregate cumulative unrealized capital depreciation through the end of such year, less the aggregate amount of any previously paid capital gain incentive fees.

The Adviser agreed to permanently waive: (i) all or portions of base management fees through December 31, 2014, to the extent required to support an annualized dividend yield of 9.0% per annum based on the price per share of our common stock in the initial public offering of $15.00, and (ii) all or portions of the incentive fee for 2014, 2015 and 2016, to the extent required to support an annualized dividend yield of 9.0%, 9.25% and 9.375% per annum, respectively, based on the price per share of the our common stock in the initial public offering of $15.00. The Adviser has not contractually agreed to voluntarily waive any fees under the Advisory Agreement for the calendar year ended December 31, 2018 or thereafter. Fees permanently waived by the Adviser are not subject to future repayment or recoupment by the Adviser.

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, $4,871,706 and $4,652,064 in base management fees were earned by the Adviser, respectively, of which $1,319,853 and $1,132,391 were payable at June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, we incurred $3,932,710 of incentive fees related to pre-incentive fee net investment income, of which $574,492 was voluntarily waived by the Adviser. As of June 30, 2018, $2,247,710 of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Adviser and $772,234 of pre-incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK and certain discount accretion) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, we incurred $1,289,927 of incentive fees related to pre-incentive fee net investment income, of which $249,071 was voluntarily waived by the Adviser. As of June 30, 2017, $274,073 of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Adviser and $231,063 of pre-incentive fees incurred by us were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK and certain discount accretion) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash. Such waivers in no way imply that the Adviser will agree to waive any incentive fees in any future period.

The capital gains incentive fee consists of fees related to both realized gains and unrealized gains. As of June 30, 2018, there was no capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement. As of June 30, 2017, there was no capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

With respect to the incentive fee expense accrual relating to the capital incentive fee, U.S. GAAP requires that the capital gains incentive fee accrual consider the cumulative aggregate unrealized appreciation in the calculation, as a capital gains incentive fee would be payable if such unrealized appreciation were realized,

even though such unrealized appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the Investment Advisory Agreement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We may be a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financial needs of our portfolio companies. As of June 30, 2018, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of $2.8 million in unfunded commitments to four of our portfolio companies. As of June 30, 2017, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Recent Developments

We have evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

Subsequent to the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 through August 31, 2018, the Company invested $34.1 million in five new portfolio companies and received repayment or sales proceeds of $13.3 million.

On July 2, 2018, we closed the public offering of $30 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. On July 12, 2018, the underwriters exercised their over-allotment option to purchase an additional $4.5 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes. The total net proceeds to us from the Notes, including the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $1.0 million and estimated offering expenses of approximately $230,000, were approximately $33.2 million.

The Notes will mature on July 1, 2023 and bear interest at a rate of 6.125%. The Notes are direct unsecured obligations and rank pari passu, which means equal in right of payment, with all outstanding and future unsecured indebtedness issued by us. Because the Notes are not secured by any of our assets, they are effectively subordinated to all of our existing and future secured unsubordinated indebtedness (or any indebtedness that is initially unsecured as to which we subsequently grant a security interest), to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Notes are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of any of our subsidiaries and financing vehicles, including, without limitation, borrowings under the Term Financing and the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing. The Notes are obligations exclusively of the Company and not of any of our subsidiaries. None of our subsidiaries is a guarantor of the Notes and the Notes will not be required to be guaranteed by any subsidiary we may acquire or create in the future.

The Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at any time or from time to time at our option on or after July 1, 2020. Interest on the Notes is payable quarterly on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 of each year. The Notes are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “CMFNL.” We may from time to time repurchase Notes in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules promulgated thereunder. As of August 31, 2018, the outstanding principal balance of the Notes was approximately $34.5 million.

The Indenture contains certain covenants, including covenants (i) requiring our compliance with the asset coverage requirements set forth in Section 18(a)(1)(A) as modified by Section 61(a) of the 1940 Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act; (ii) requiring our compliance, under certain circumstances, with the requirements set forth in Section 18(a)(1)(B) as modified by Section 61(a) of the 1940

Act, whether or not we continue to be subject to such provisions of the 1940 Act, prohibiting the declaration of any cash dividend or distribution upon any class of our capital stock (except to the extent necessary for us to maintain its treatment as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code), or purchasing any such capital stock, if our asset coverage, as defined in the 1940 Act, is below 200% (or 150% beginning on May 2, 2019) at the time of the declaration of the dividend or distribution or the purchase and after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase; and (iii) requiring us to provide financial information to the holders of the Notes and the Trustee if we cease to be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. These covenants are subject to limitations and exceptions that are described in the Indenture.

On August 23, 2018, our board of directors declared a distribution for the quarter ended September 30, 2018 of $0.25 per share payable on October 5, 2018 to stockholders of record as of September 18, 2018.

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

We are subject to financial market risks, including changes in interest rates. At June 30, 2018, 95.6% of our debt investments bore interest based on floating rates, such as LIBOR, the Euro Interbank Offered Rate, the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate. The interest rates on such investments generally reset by reference to the current market index after one to six months. Floating rate investments subject to a floor generally reset by reference to the current market index after one to six months only if the index exceeds the floor.

Generally, we believe higher yielding assets such as those in our investment portfolio do not necessarily follow a linear interest rate relationship and are less sensitive in price to interest rate changes than many other debt investments. Our investments in fixed rate assets are generally exposed to changes in value due to interest rate fluctuations, and our floating rate assets are generally exposed to cash flow variability from fluctuation in rates. Consequently, our net interest income (interest income less interest expense) is exposed to risks related to interest rate fluctuations. Based on our in-place portfolio with certain interest rate floors and our financing at June 30, 2018, a 1.00% increase in interest rates would increase our net interest income by approximately 7.0% and a 2.00% increase in interest rates would increase our net interest income by approximately 14.1%. Variable-rate instruments subject to a floor generally reset periodically to the applicable floor and, in the case of investments in our portfolio, quarterly to a floor based on LIBOR, only if the floor exceeds the index. Under these loans, we do not benefit from increases in interest rates until such rates exceed the floor and thereafter benefit from market rates above any such floor.

Although management believes that this analysis is indicative of our existing sensitivity to interest rate changes, it does not adjust for changes in the credit markets, the size, credit quality or composition of the assets in our portfolio and other business developments, including borrowing, that could affect the net increase in net assets resulting from operations, or net income. It also does not adjust for the effect of the time lag between a change in the relevant interest rate index and the rate adjustment under the applicable loan. Accordingly, we can offer no assurances that actual results would not differ materially from the statement above.

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


REPORTS OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM			88

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES AS OF JUNE 30, 2018 AND JUNE 30, 2017			89

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2018, JUNE 30, 2017, AND JUNE 30, 2016			90

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2018, JUNE 30, 2017, AND JUNE 30, 2016			91

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2018, JUNE 30, 2017, AND JUNE 30, 2016			92

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS AS OF JUNE 30, 2018			93

CONSOLIDATED SCHEDULE OF INVESTMENTS AS OF JUNE 30, 2017			96

CONSOLIDATED NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			98

Report of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of

CM Finance Inc

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of assets and liabilities, including the consolidated schedule of investments, of CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries (the Company) as of June 30, 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. Our procedures included confirmation of investments owned as of June 30, 2018, by correspondence with the custodian or the agents of the underlying investments. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

New York, New York

September 4, 2018

Report of Independent Registered Public

Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of

CM Finance Inc

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of assets and liabilities of CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries (the “Company”), including the consolidated schedules of investments as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in net assets and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended June 30, 2017. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our procedures included confirmation of securities owned as of June 30, 2017 and 2016, by correspondence with the custodians or the agents of the underlying investments. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries at June 30, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated results of their operations, changes in their net assets and their cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended June 30, 2017 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

September 6, 2017

New York, NY

CM Finance Inc and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities


	June 30, 2018			June 30, 2017
Assets
Non-controlled, non-affiliated investments, at fair value (amortized cost of $302,647,282 and $ 270,467,740, respectively)	$	293,592,013		$	254,907,171
Derivatives, at fair value (cost of $0 and $0, respectively)		229,918			5,830,501
Cash		5,620,441			10,646,697
Cash, restricted		2,706,273			22,616,177
Receivable for investments sold		7,751,875			—
Interest receivable		4,011,450			1,627,774
Deferred offering costs		121,922			186,513
Other receivables		245,550			—
Prepaid expenses and other assets		255,139			219,045

Total Assets	$	314,534,581		$	296,033,878

Liabilities
Notes payable:
Term loan	$	102,000,000		$	102,000,000
Revolving credit facility		17,823,000			—
Deferred debt issuance costs		(1,953,771	)		(578,074	)

Notes payable, net		117,869,229			101,421,926
Payable for investments purchased		12,569,450			12,490,000
Dividend payable		3,417,848			3,422,307
Deferred financing costs payable		2,071,167			620,500
Income-based incentive fees payable		2,294,678			274,073
Base management fees payable		1,319,853			1,132,391
Accrued provision for taxes		2,579,337			—
Derivatives, at fair value (cost $0 and $0, respectively)		229,918			5,830,501
Interest payable		303,153			205,027
Directors’ fees payable		99,296			100,000
Allocation of administrative cost from Adviser payable		—			85,000
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		257,986			504,041

Total Liabilities		143,011,915			126,085,766

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

Net Assets
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share (100,000,000 shares authorized, 13,649,504 and 13,689,221 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)		13,649			13,689
Additional paid-in capital		198,700,999			199,066,123
Accumulated net realized loss		(21,087,280	)		(11,231,827	)
Undistributed (distributions in excess of) net investment income		2,950,567			(2,339,304	)
Net unrealized depreciation on investments		(9,055,269	)		(15,560,569	)

Total Net Assets		171,522,666			169,948,112

Total Liabilities and Net Assets	$	314,534,581		$	296,033,878

Net Asset Value Per Share	$	12.57		$	12.41

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations


	For the twelve months ended June 30,
	2018			2017			2016
Investment Income:
Interest income	$	28,691,187		$	29,476,315		$	33,683,108
Payment in-kind interest income		2,609,037			423,632			960,603
Dividend income		9,005,887			—			—
Payment in-kind dividend income		333,333			—			—
Other fee income		152,308			1,112,250			936,211

Total investment income		40,791,752			31,012,197			35,579,922

Expenses:
Interest expense		6,310,842			4,748,449			4,048,527
Base management fees		4,871,706			4,652,064			5,511,532
Income-based incentive fees		3,932,710			1,289,927			1,229,031
Provision for tax expense		2,579,337			—			—
Professional fees		1,063,528			806,810			1,039,802
Allocation of administrative costs from Adviser		1,198,397			987,286			785,846
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs		695,470			932,417			1,441,044
Insurance expense		351,923			345,697			367,327
Directors’ fees		402,240			501,233			425,922
Custodian and administrator fees		295,032			480,269			442,598
Offering expense		186,513			—			—
Other expenses		455,645			818,532			434,337

Total expenses		22,343,343			15,562,684			15,725,966
Waiver of income-based incentive fees		(527,224	)		(249,071	)		—

Net expenses		21,816,119			15,313,613			15,725,966

Net investment income		18,975,633			15,698,584			19,853,956

Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments:
Net realized gain/(loss) from investments		(9,855,453	)		(11,809,335	)		283,276
Net change in unrealized appreciation/(depreciation) in value of investments		6,505,300			19,690,216			(29,482,002	)

Total realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments		(3,350,153	)		7,880,881			(29,198,726	)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	15,625,480		$	23,579,465		$	(9,344,770	)

Basic and diluted:
Net investment income per share	$	1.39		$	1.15		$	1.45
Earnings (loss) per share	$	1.14		$	1.72		$	(0.68	)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding		13,689,823			13,686,288			13,674,197
Distributions paid per common share	$	1.00		$	1.20		$	1.83

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets


	For the twelve months ended June 30,
	2018			2017			2016
Net assets at beginning of year	$	169,948,112		$	162,749,883		$	196,950,849

Increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations:
Net investment income		18,975,633			15,698,584			19,853,956
Net realized gain/(loss) on investments		(9,855,453	)		(11,809,335	)		283,276
Net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments		6,505,300			19,690,216			(29,482,002	)

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		15,625,480			23,579,465			(9,344,770	)

Stockholder distributions:
Distributions from net investment income		(13,685,762	)		(16,467,071	)		(20,614,360	)
Distributions from net realized gains		—			—			(4,366,660	)

Net decrease in net assets resulting from stockholder distributions		(13,685,762	)		(16,467,071	)		(24,981,020	)

Capital transactions:
Reinvestments of stockholder distributions		25,014			85,835			124,824
Repurchase of common stock		(390,178	)		—			—

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from capital transactions		(365,164	)		85,835			124,824

Net increase (decrease) in net assets		1,574,554			7,198,229			(34,200,966	)

Net assets at end of period (including undistributed (distributions in excess of) net investment income of $2,950,567, $(3,750,362), and $(1,736,009), respectively)	$	171,522,666		$	169,948,112		$	162,749,883

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows


	For the twelve months ended June 30,
	2018			2017			2016
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	15,625,480		$	23,579,465		$	(9,344,770	)

Adjustments to reconcile net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Origination and purchase of investments		(172,238,259	)		(134,235,087	)		(63,049,676	)
Payment in-kind interest		(2,609,037	)		(423,632	)		(960,603	)
Payment in-kind dividends		(333,333	)		—			—
Sales and repayments of investments		137,045,592			162,646,483			95,132,109
Net realized (gain) loss on investments		9,855,453			11,809,335			(283,276	)
Net change in unrealized (appreciation) depreciation on investments		(6,505,300	)		(19,690,216	)		29,482,002
Amortization of discount/premium on investments		(3,899,958	)		(2,899,890	)		(2,110,864	)
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs		695,470			932,417			1,441,044

Net (increase) decrease in operating assets:
Cash, restricted		19,909,904			(4,592,711	)		(14,589,762	)
Interest receivable		(2,383,676	)		269,936			1,003,094
Receivable for investments sold		(7,751,875	)		—			—
Other receivables		(245,550	)		—			—
Prepaid expenses and other assets		(36,094	)		15,792			(2,133	)

Net increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
Payable for investments purchased		79,450			3,661,250			5,840,095
Interest payable		98,126			29,235			7,134
Accrued provisions for income taxes		2,579,337			—			—
Directors fees payable		(704	)		100,000			—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		(331,055	)		(356,324	)		367,290
Base management fees payable		187,462			(125,377	)		(163,210	)
Income-based incentive fees payable		2,020,605			(1,467	)		(1,447,720	)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(8,237,962	)		40,719,209			41,320,754

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Payment for deferred financing costs		(620,500	)		(258,542	)		(1,266,458	)
Deferred offering costs		64,591			—			—
Distributions to shareholders		(13,665,207	)		(17,768,707	)		(24,787,592	)
Repurchase of common stock		(390,178	)		—			—
Proceeds from borrowing on revolving credit facility		53,378,000			41,522,649			34,939,022
Repayments of borrowing on revolving credit facility		(35,555,000	)		(72,000,978	)		(53,308,152	)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		3,211,706			(48,505,578	)		(44,423,180	)

Net change in cash		(5,026,256	)		(7,786,369	)		(3,102,426	)

Cash:
Beginning of year		10,646,697			18,433,066			21,535,492

End of year	$	5,620,441		$	10,646,697		$	18,433,066


Supplemental and non-cash financing cash flow information:
Cash paid for interest	$	6,212,715		$	4,719,214		$	4,041,393
Cash paid for taxes	$	—		$	—		$	—
Issuance of shares pursuant to Dividend Reinvestment Plan		25,014			85,835			124,824
Non-cash purchase of investments	$	—		$	14,343,675		$	—
Non-cash sale of investments	$	—		$	(14,343,675	)	$	—

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

June 30, 2018


Investments⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾	Industry	Interest Rate	Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity Date		Principal Amount/ Shares⁽³⁾		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Non-Controlled/Non-Affiliates
Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments
1888 Industrial Services, LLC – Revolver⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾	Energy Equipment & Services	3M L+5.00% (1.00% Floor)		10/11/2016		09/30/2021	$	2,376,238	$	1,683,168	$	1,683,168		0.98	%
1888 Industrial Services, LLC – Term A⁽⁴⁾	Energy Equipment & Services	3M L+5.00% (1.00% Floor)		9/30/2016		09/30/2021		4,950,495		4,950,495		4,950,495		2.89	%
1888 Industrial Services, LLC – Term B⁽³⁾⁽⁴⁾	Energy Equipment & Services	3M L+8.00% PIK (1.00% Floor)		9/30/2016		09/30/2021		11,687,047		5,912,941		8,765,286		5.11	%
American Gaming Systems Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Hotel, Restaurants & Leisure	3M L+4.25% (1.00% Floor)		2/9/2018		02/15/2024		20,400,451		20,400,451		20,400,451		11.89	%
CareerBuilder, LLC⁽⁶⁾	Professional Services	3M L+6.75% (1.00% Floor)		7/27/2017		07/27/2023		10,994,114		10,705,928		10,994,114		6.41	%
Deluxe Toronto Ltd.⁽⁶⁾	Media	3M L+5.50% (1.00% Floor)		6/29/2018		12/07/2020		5,000,000		4,950,000		4,950,000		2.89	%
Exela Intermedia LLC⁽⁷⁾	IT Services	3M L+6.50% (1.00% Floor)		6/5/2018		07/12/2023		5,468,354		5,524,248		5,524,678		3.22	%
Exela Intermedia LLC⁽⁷⁾	IT Services	Fixed 10.00%		6/19/2018		07/15/2023		5,500,000		5,685,426		5,685,900		3.32	%
FPC Holdings, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Distributors	3M L+4.50% (1.25% Floor)		3/28/2018		11/18/2022		12,468,750		12,104,452		12,468,750		7.27	%
GEE Group, Inc.⁽⁶⁾⁽⁸⁾	Professional Services	2M L+13.75% (1.00% Floor)		3/26/2018		03/31/2021		12,286,453		12,286,453		12,286,453		7.16	%
Hostway Corp⁽⁶⁾	IT Services	3M L+5.75%		4/19/2018		12/13/2019		12,060,739		11,817,448		11,799,021		6.88	%
Immucor, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Healthcare Equipment & Services	3M L+5.00% (1.00% Floor)		6/27/2017		06/15/2021		7,425,000		7,366,701		7,499,250		4.37	%
Liberty Oilfield Services LLC⁽⁶⁾⁽⁹⁾	Energy Equipment & Services	1M L+7.625% (1.00% Floor)		9/19/2017		09/19/2022		6,458,750		6,347,581		6,458,750		3.77	%
Montreign Operating Company, LLC⁽⁶⁾	Hotel, Restaurants & Leisure	1M L+8.25% (1.00% Floor)		12/16/2016		01/24/2023		13,199,738		13,246,185		12,935,744		7.54	%
Premiere Global Services, Inc.⁽⁶⁾⁽⁹⁾	Diversified Telecommunication Services	3M L+6.50% (1.00% Floor)		5/6/2016		12/08/2021		10,748,527		10,225,894		10,533,557		6.14	%
PR Wireless LLC⁽⁵⁾	Wireless Telecommunication Services	3M L+5.25% (1.00% Floor)		11/15/2017		06/27/2020		2,308,097		461,619		461,619		0.27	%
RPX Corporation	Professional Services	3M L+6.00%		6/8/2018		6/8/2024		10,000,000		9,900,190		9,900,000		5.77	%
U.S. Well Services, LLC^(3)(7)(9)	Energy Equipment & Services	1M L+9.00% (1.00% Floor)		2/1/2017		02/02/2022		9,633,228		9,684,648		9,633,228		5.62	%
U.S. Well Services, LLC – Revolver⁽⁵⁾	Energy Equipment & Services	2M L+6.00% (1.00% Floor)		2/1/2017		02/02/2022		920,856		705,852		705,852		0.41	%
Zinc Acquisition Holdings, LP⁽⁶⁾	Chemicals	3M L+10.00% (1.00% Floor)		10/9/2017		09/29/2024		7,500,000		7,430,251		7,500,000		4.37	%

Total Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments								171,386,837		161,389,931		165,136,316		96.28	%

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments – (continued)

June 30, 2018


Investments⁽¹⁾⁽²⁾	Industry	Interest Rate	Initial Acquisition Date		Maturity Date		Principal Amount/ Shares⁽³⁾		Amortized Cost		Fair Value			% of Net Assets
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments
AP NMT Acquisition BV^(6)(9)(10)	Media	3M L+9.00% (1.00% Floor)		8/12/2014		08/13/2022	$	20,000,000	$	19,166,531	$	20,000,000			11.66	%
Caelus Energy Alaska 03, LLC⁽⁶⁾	Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels	3M L+7.50% (1.25% Floor)		4/17/2014		04/15/2020		26,000,000		24,848,113		24,180,000			14.10	%
Intermedia Holdings, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	IT Services	3M L+9.50% (1.00% Floor)		1/3/2017		02/01/2025		5,000,000		4,911,867		5,000,000			2.91	%
International Wire Group, Inc.	Electronic Equipment	Fixed 10.75%		4/27/2017		08/01/2021		7,000,000		6,915,565		6,580,000			3.84	%
Lionbridge Technologies, Inc.⁽³⁾	Commercial Services & Supplies	1M L+9.75% (1.00% Floor)		2/6/2017		02/28/2025		12,000,000		11,789,661		12,000,000			7.00	%
Montrose Environmental Group, Inc.	Commercial Services & Supplies	3M L+9.50%		9/29/2017		09/30/2020		20,000,000		19,688,421		19,600,000			11.43	%
Premiere Global Services, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Diversified Telecommunication Services	3M L+9.50% (1.00% Floor)		11/30/2016		06/06/2022		15,000,000		14,679,729		14,400,000			8.39	%
TouchTunes Interactive Networks, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Media	1M L+8.25% (1.00% Floor)		5/4/2017		05/27/2022		7,000,000		6,977,435		7,000,000			4.08	%
Trident USA Health Services, LLC – Tranche A⁽³⁾	Healthcare Providers & Services	3M L+10.00% PIK (1.25% Floor)		11/29/2017		07/31/2020		2,612,643		2,493,712		377,266			0.22	%
Trident USA Health Services, LLC – Tranche B⁽³⁾	Healthcare Providers & Services	3M L+10.00% PIK (1.25% Floor)		11/29/2017		07/31/2020		20,956,435		20,018,194		10,203,688			5.95	%
ZeroChaos Parent, LLC⁽⁶⁾	Professional Services	3M L+8.25% (1.00% Floor)		11/21/2017		10/31/2023		8,000,000		7,871,114		7,860,000			4.58	%

Total Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments								143,569,078		139,360,342		127,200,954			74.16	%


Unsecured Debt Investments
Trident USA Health Services, LLC – Holdco A Note	Healthcare Providers & Services	—				07/31/2020		2,426,201		—		731,742			0.43	%

Total Unsecured Debt Investments								2,426,201		—		731,742			0.43	%

Equity, Warrants and Other Investments
1888 Industrial Services, LLC (Equity Interest)^(4)(11)(12)	Energy Equipment & Services							11,880		—		1			0.00	%
PR Wireless, Inc., $0.01 strike (Warrants)⁽¹¹⁾	Telecommunication Services					6/27/2027		201		1,374,009		—			0.00	%
Zinc Acquisition Holdings, LP (Common Stock)⁽¹³⁾	Chemicals	—						523		523,000		523,000			0.30	%

Total Equity, Warrants and Other Investments								12,604		1,897,009		523,001			0.30	%

Total Non-Controlled/Non-Affiliates							$	317,394,720	$	302,647,282	$	293,592,013			171.17	%

Liabilities in excess other assets												(122,069,347	)		(71.17	%)

Net Assets											$	171,522,666			100.00	%

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments – (continued)

June 30, 2018


	Industry		Interest Rate		Maturity Date		Notional Amount		Amortized Cost		Fair Value			% of Net Assets
Derivatives
Assets
Embedded derivative – Notes payable ^(11)(14)		Diversified Financial Services				12/5/2020	$	102,000,000	$	—	$	157,223			0.09	%
Embedded derivative – Notes payable ^(11)(14)		Diversified Financial Services				12/5/2019		50,000,000		—		72,695			0.04	%

Total Assets								152,000,000		—		229,918			0.13	%

Liabilities
Total Return Swap^(11)(14)		Diversified Financial Services		1M L+2.75%		12/5/2020		102,000,000		—		(157,223	)		(0.09	%)
Embedded derivative – Notes payable ^(11)(14)		Diversified Financial Services				12/5/2019		50,000,000		—		(72,695	)		(0.04	%)

Total Liabilities								152,000,000		—		(229,918	)		(0.13	%)

Total Derivatives							$	304,000,000	$	—	$	—			0.00	%

(1)

The Company’s investments are generally acquired in private transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, therefore, are generally subject to limitations on resale, and may be deemed to be “restricted securities’’ under the Securities Act of 1933.

(2)	All investments are non-controlled and non-affiliated issuers. All investments are valued in good faith by the board of directors.

(3)	Principal amount includes capitalized PIK interest.

(4)	Effective 10/1/17, AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC changed its name to 1888 Industrial Services, LLC.

(5)	Refer to Note 6 for more detail on the unfunded commitments.

(6)	A portion or all is held by the Company indirectly through CM Finance SPV Ltd. and pledged as collateral for the Total Return Swaps and pledged as collateral for the revolving credit facility held through UBS AG, London Branch .

(7)	Security, or a portion thereof, unsettled as of June 30, 2018.

(8)	First Lien Unitranche Last Out Investment, which accounts for 4.18% of our investment portfolio at fair value.

(9)

The investment is not a qualifying asset under Section 55(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Company may not acquire any non-qualifying asset unless, at the time of acquisition, qualifying assets represent at least 70% of the Company’s total assets. Non-qualifying assets represent 15.88% of total assets.

(10)	A portfolio company domiciled in the Netherlands. The jurisdiction of the security issuer may be a different country than the domicile of the portfolio company.

(11)	Securities are non-income producing.

(12)	CM Finance Inc’s investment in 1888 Industrial Services, LLC (Equity Interest) is held through its wholly owned subsidiary, CM Portfolio Companies LLC.

(13)	CM Finance Inc’s investments in Zinc Acquisition Holdings, LP are held through its wholly owned subsidiary, Zinc Borrower Blocker, LLC.

(14)	Refer to Note 5 for more detail on the Total Return Swaps and the Embedded derivatives—Notes Payable.

1M L — 1 month LIBOR (2.09% as of June 30, 2018)

3M L — 3 month LIBOR (2.34% as of June 30, 2018)

PIK — Payment-In-Kind

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments

June 30, 2017


Investments⁽¹⁾	Industry	Interest Rate	Base Floor Rate			Maturity Date		Principal Amount/ Shares⁽²⁾		Amortized Cost		Fair Value		% of Net Assets
Non-Controlled/Non-Affiliates
Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments
AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC – Revolver⁽³⁾	Oilfield Services	3M L + 5.00%		1.00	%		9/30/2021	$	198,020	$	198,020	$	198,020		0.12	%
AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC – Term A	Oilfield Services	3M L + 5.00%		1.00	%		9/30/2021		4,950,495		4,950,495		4,950,495		2.91	%
AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC – Term B	Oilfield Services	3M L + 4.00% PIK		1.00	%		9/30/2021		10,398,827		4,624,720		6,759,238		3.98	%
American Gaming Systems, Inc.⁽⁴⁾	Entertainment and Leisure	3M L + 5.50%		1.00	%		2/15/2024		18,000,000		17,955,003		17,955,000		10.56	%
Dayton Superior Corporation⁽⁴⁾	Construction & Building	3M L + 8.00%		1.00	%		11/15/2021		9,950,000		9,686,413		9,950,000		5.85	%
FPC Holdings, Inc.⁽⁴⁾	Trucking and Leasing	3M L + 4.00%		1.25	%		11/19/2019		9,586,590		8,588,755		9,203,126		5.41	%
Immucor, Inc.⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾	Healthcare-Products/Services	3M L + 5.00%		1.00	%		6/15/2021		7,500,000		7,425,000		7,425,000		4.37	%
Medical Solutions L.L.C.⁽⁴⁾	Healthcare-Products/Services	3M L + 4.25%		1.00	%		6/14/2024		4,000,000		3,980,000		3,980,000		2.34	%
Melissa & Doug, LLC⁽⁵⁾	Consumer Products	3M L + 4.50%		1.00	%		6/19/2024		1,000,000		995,000		995,000		0.59	%
Montreign Operating Company, LLC⁽⁴⁾⁽⁵⁾	Entertainment and Leisure	1M L + 8.25%		1.00	%		1/24/2023		13,232,821		13,287,467		13,232,821		7.79	%
PR Wireless, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Telecommunications	3M L + 9.00%		1.00	%		6/29/2020		16,490,000		15,522,048		15,500,600		9.12	%
Premiere Global Services, Inc.⁽⁴⁾	Business Services	3M L + 6.50%		1.00	%		12/8/2021		11,355,789		10,668,572		11,242,231		6.61	%
Redbox Automated Retail, LLC⁽⁴⁾	Retail	3M L + 7.50%		1.00	%		9/27/2021		7,437,500		7,241,540		7,437,500		4.38	%
U.S. Well Services, LLC	Oilfield Services	1M L + 11.00%		1.00	%		2/2/2022		3,969,450		3,969,450		3,969,450		2.34	%
U.S. Well Services, LLC - Revolver⁽³⁾	Oilfield Services	1M L + 6.00%		1.00	%		2/2/2022		507,514		507,514		507,514		0.30	%
YRC Worldwide, Inc.⁽⁴⁾⁽⁷⁾	Trucking and Leasing	1M L + 7.50%		1.00	%		2/13/2019		13,937,359		13,901,008		13,797,986		8.12	%

Total Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments									132,514,365		123,501,005		127,103,981		74.79	%


Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments
AP NMT Acquisition BV^(4)(7)(8)	Media	3M L + 9.00%		1.00	%		8/13/2022		20,000,000		19,020,080		15,400,000		9.06	%
Bird Electric Enterprises, LLC^(9)(10)	Utilities	3M L + 14.00%, 3.00% PIK		1.00	%		10/9/2020		15,037,500		14,809,248		7,518,750		4.43	%
Caelus Energy Alaska 03, LLC⁽⁴⁾	Oil and Gas	3M L + 7.50%		1.25	%		4/15/2020		26,000,000		24,147,353		22,100,000		13.00	%
Intermedia Holdings, Inc.⁽⁴⁾	Business Services	3M L + 9.50%		1.00	%		2/1/2025		5,000,000		4,903,645		4,900,000		2.88	%
International Wire Group, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Metals and Mining	10.75%		—			8/1/2021		11,254,000		11,064,076		11,057,055		6.51	%
Lionbridge Technologies, Inc.⁽⁴⁾	Business Services	3M L + 9.75%		1.00	%		2/28/2025		12,000,000		11,768,297		11,760,000		6.92	%
Premiere Global Services, Inc.⁽⁴⁾	Business Services	3M L + 9.50%		1.00	%		6/6/2022		15,000,000		14,622,459		14,700,000		8.65	%
TNS, Inc.⁽⁶⁾	Telecommunications	1M L + 8.00%		1.00	%		8/14/2020		15,092,924		15,095,599		15,092,924		8.88	%
TouchTunes Interactive Networks, Inc.	Entertainment and Leisure	3M L + 8.25%		1.00	%		5/27/2022		7,000,000		6,973,432		7,000,000		4.12	%
Trident USA Health Services, LLC⁽⁴⁾	Healthcare-Products/Services	3M L + 9.50%		1.25	%		7/31/2020		21,878,286		21,807,281		17,065,063		10.04	%

Total Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments									148,262,710		144,211,470		126,593,792		74.49	%

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Consolidated Schedule of Investments – (continued)

June 30, 2017


Investments⁽¹⁾	Industry		Maturity Date		Principal Amount/ Shares⁽²⁾		Amortized Cost		Fair Value			% of Net Assets
Equity, Warrants and Other Investments⁽¹¹⁾
AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC (Equity Interest)	Oilfield Services				$	11,880	$	—	$	1			—
Endeavour International Holding B.V., $3.01 strike (Warrants)⁽⁷⁾	Oil and Gas			11/3/2017		160,000		160,000		80			—
PR Wireless, Inc., $0.01 strike (Warrants)	Telecommunications			6/24/2027		201		1,374,009		—			—
U.S. Well Services, LLC	Oilfield Services	Class A Units				2,519,434		1,221,256		1,129,744			0.66	%
		Class B Units				920,856		—		79,573			0.05	%

Total Equity, Warrants and Other Investments						3,612,371		2,755,265		1,209,398			0.71	%

Total Non-Controlled/Non-Affiliates					$	284,389,446	$	270,467,740	$	254,907,171			149.99	%

Liabilities in excess of other assets										(84,959,059	)		(49.99	%)

Net Assets										169,948,112			100.00	%


	Industry		Interest Rate		Maturity Date		Notional Amount		Amortized Cost		Fair Value			% of Net Assets
Derivatives
Assets
Embedded derivative – Notes Payable⁽¹²⁾		Diversified Financial Services					$	102,000,000	$	—	$	5,830,501			3.43	%

Total Assets								102,000,000		—		5,830,501			3.43	%

Liabilities
Total Return Swap^(11)(12)		Diversified Financial Services		1M L + 2.75%		12/4/2018		102,000,000		—		(5,830,501	)		(3.43	%)

Total Liabilities								102,000,000		—		(5,830,501	)		(3.43	%)

Total Derivatives							$	204,000,000	$	—	$	—			—

(1)	All investments are non-controlled and non-affiliated issuers. All investments are valued in good faith by the board of directors.

(2)	Principal amount includes capitalized PIK interest.

(3)	Refer to Note 6 for more detail on the unfunded commitment.

(4)	Held by the Company indirectly through CM Finance SPV, Ltd. and pledged as collateral for the Total Return Swaps.

(5)	Security, or a portion thereof, unsettled as of June 30, 2017.

(6)	Held by the Company indirectly through CM Finance SPV, LLC and pledged as collateral for the revolving credit facility held through Citibank, N.A.

(7)

(8)	A portfolio company domiciled in the Netherlands. The jurisdiction of the security issuer may be a different country than the domicile of the portfolio company.

(9)	Classified as non-accrual asset.

(10)	Includes 2.00% default rate.

(11)	Securities are non-income producing.

(12)	Refer to Note 5 for more detail on the Total Return Swaps and the Embedded derivatives — Notes Payable.

1M L — 1 month LIBOR (1.22% as of June 30, 2017)

3M L — 3 month LIBOR (1.30% as of June 30, 2017)

PIK — Payment-In-Kind

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 1. Organization

CM Finance Inc (“CMFN” or the “Company”), a Maryland corporation formed in May 2013, is a closed-end, externally managed, non-diversified management investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business development company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and has elected to be treated as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Company is an investment company and accordingly follows the investment company accounting and reporting guidance of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standard Codification Topic 946 Financial Services — Investment Companies.

On February 11, 2014, the Company completed its initial public offering (the “Offering”), selling 7,666,666 shares of its common stock, par value $0.001, including the underwriters’ over-allotment, at a price of $15.00 per share with net proceeds of approximately $111.5 million.

CM Finance LLC, a Maryland limited liability company, commenced operations in March 2012. Immediately prior to the Offering, CM Finance LLC was merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”). In connection with the Merger, the Company issued 6,000,000 shares of common stock and $39.8 million in debt to the pre-existing CM Finance LLC investors, consisting of funds managed by Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. (the “Original Investors” or the “Cyrus Funds”). The Company had no assets or operations prior to completion of the Merger and, as a result, the books and records of CM Finance LLC became the books and records of the Company, as the surviving entity. Immediately after the Merger, the Company issued 2,181,818 shares of its common stock to Stifel Venture Corp. in exchange for $32.7 million in cash. The Company used all of the proceeds of the sale of shares to Stifel (“Stifel”), to repurchase 2,181,818 shares of common stock from the Original Investors. Immediately after the completion of the Offering, the Company had 13,666,666 shares outstanding. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering to repay 100% of the debt issued to the Original Investors in connection with the Merger.

Upon its election to be regulated as a BDC on February 5, 2014, the Company entered into an investment advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) and an administrative agreement with CM Investment Partners LLC (the “Adviser”) as its investment adviser and administrator, respectively.

As a BDC, the Company is required to comply with certain regulatory requirements. For instance, as a BDC, the Company must not acquire any assets other than “qualifying assets” specified in the 1940 Act unless, at the time the acquisition is made, at least 70% of total assets are qualifying assets. Qualifying assets include investments in “eligible portfolio companies.” Under the relevant Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, the term “eligible portfolio company” includes all private operating companies, operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national securities exchange, and certain public operating companies that have listed their securities on a national securities exchange and have a market capitalization of less than $250 million, in each case organized and with their principal of business in the United States.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 1. Organization – (continued)

On September 23, 2014, the Company formed CM Portfolio Companies LLC, a wholly owned and consolidated taxable subsidiary.

The Company has formed certain additional taxable subsidiaries (collectively, the “Taxable Subsidiaries”), which are taxed as corporations for federal income tax purposes. At June 30, 2018, the Company had four Taxable Subsidiaries: CM Portfolio Companies LLC, Bird Electric Blocker, LLC, U.S. Well Services Blocker, LLC and Zinc Borrower Blocker, LLC. These Taxable Subsidiaries allow the Company to hold equity securities of portfolio companies organized as pass-through entities while continuing to satisfy the requirements applicable to a RIC under the Code.

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies

The following is a summary of significant accounting policies followed by the Company.

a. Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and all values are stated in U.S. dollars, unless noted otherwise. The financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the periods included herein as required by U.S. GAAP. These adjustments are normal and recurring in nature.

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the fair value of investments and other amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Management believes that the estimates utilized in preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements are reasonable and prudent. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. All material inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

As permitted under Regulation S-X and ASC Topic 946, the Company will generally not consolidate its investment in a portfolio company other than an investment company subsidiary or a controlled operating company whose business consists of providing services to the Company. Accordingly, the Company consolidated the results of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, CM Finance SPV Ltd. (“SPV”) and CM Finance SPV LLC (“LLC”), which are special purpose vehicles used to finance certain investments, and CM Portfolio Companies LLC, Bird Electric Blocker, LLC, U.S. Well Services Blocker, LLC and Zinc Borrower Blocker, LLC in its consolidated financial statements. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

b. Revenue Recognition, Security Transactions, and Realized/Unrealized Gains or Losses

Interest income, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, is recorded on an accrual basis. Origination, closing, commitment, and amendment fees, purchase and original issue discounts associated with loans to portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans. Accretion of discounts or premiums is calculated by the effective interest or straight-line method, as applicable, as of the purchase date and adjusted only for material amendments or prepayments. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties are included in other fee income and unamortized fees and discounts are recorded as interest income and are non-recurring in nature.

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Loans are placed on non-accrual status when principal or interest payments are past due 90 days or more or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment about ultimate collectability of principal. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current.

Dividend income is recorded on the ex-dividend date.

Origination, closing, commitment, and amendment fees, purchase and original issue discounts associated with loans to portfolio companies are accreted into interest income over the respective terms of the applicable loans. Accretion of discounts or premiums is calculated by the effective interest or straight-line method, as applicable, as of the purchase date and adjusted only for material amendments or prepayments. Upon the prepayment of a loan or debt security, any prepayment penalties and unamortized fees and discounts are recorded as interest income and are non-recurring in nature. During the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, $2,839,313, $3,015,154 and $1,067,639 of prepayment penalties and unamortized discounts upon prepayment were recorded as interest income, respectively.

Investment transactions are accounted for on a trade-date basis. Realized gains or losses on investments are determined by calculating the difference between the net proceeds from the disposition and the amortized cost basis of the investments, without regard to unrealized gains or losses previously recognized. Realized gains or losses on the sale of investments are calculated using the specific identification method. The Company reports changes in fair value of investments as a component of the net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Management reviews all loans that become 90 days or more past due on principal or interest or when there is reasonable doubt that principal or interest will be collected for possible placement on non-accrual status. Accrued interest is generally reversed when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. Interest payments received on non-accrual loans may be recognized as income or applied to principal depending upon management’s judgment regarding collectability. Non-accrual loans are restored to accrual status when past due principal and interest is paid and, in management’s judgment, are likely to remain current, although management may make exceptions to this general rule if the loan has sufficient collateral value and is in the process of collection.

The Company may hold debt investments in its portfolio that contain a payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest provision. PIK interest, which represents contractually deferred interest added to the investment balance that is generally due at maturity, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected. PIK interest is not accrued if the Company does not expect the issuer to be able to pay all principal and interest when due. The Company earned PIK interest of $2,609,037, $423,632 and $960,603 during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively.

The Company may hold equity investments in its portfolio that contain a PIK dividend provision. PIK dividends, which represents contractual dividend payments added to the investment balance, is recorded on an accrual basis to the extent that such amounts are expected to be collected. The Company earned PIK dividends of $333,333 during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. The Company earned no PIK dividends during the twelve months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016.

100

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

c. Paid In Capital

The Company records the proceeds from the sale of its common stock to common stock and additional paid-in capital, after all commissions and marketing support fees.

d. Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations per Share

The net increase in net assets resulting from operations per share is calculated based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the reporting period.

e. Distributions

Dividends and distributions to common stockholders are recorded on the ex-dividend date. The amount to be paid out as a dividend or distribution is generally determined by the board of directors each quarter and is generally based upon the earnings estimated by management. Net realized capital gains, if any, are generally distributed annually, although the Company may decide to retain such capital gains for investment.

The Company has adopted a dividend reinvestment plan that provides for reinvestment of any distributions the Company declares in cash on behalf of the Company’s stockholders, unless a stockholder elects to receive cash. As a result, if the Company’s board of directors authorizes, and the Company declares, a cash distribution, then the Company’s stockholders who have not “opted out” of the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of the Company’s common stock, rather than receiving the cash distribution.

f. Cash and Restricted Cash

Cash and restricted cash consist of bank demand deposits. The Company deposits its cash in financial institutions and, at times, such balance may be in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits. All of the Company’s cash deposits are held at large established high credit quality financial institutions and management believes that the risk of loss associated with any uninsured balances is remote. The Company has restrictions on the uses of the cash held by SPV and LLC based on the terms of the Notes Payable. For more information on the Notes Payable, see Note 5.

g. Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs consist of fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the Company’s common stock and bonds, including legal, accounting, printing fees and other related expenses, as well as costs incurred in connection with the filing of a shelf registration statement. These costs are capitalized when incurred and recognized as a reduction of offering proceeds when the offering becomes effective.

h. Investment Transactions and Expenses

Purchases of loans, including revolving credit agreements, are recorded on a fully committed basis until the funded and unfunded portions are known or estimable, which in many cases may not be until settlement.

Expenses are accrued as incurred.

101

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

Deferred debt issuance costs, incurred in connection with the Company’s Notes Payable, are amortized using the straight line method over the life of the notes.

Offering costs were charged to paid-in capital upon sale of shares in the Offering.

i. Investment Valuation

The Company applies fair value accounting to all of its financial instruments in accordance with the 1940 Act and ASC Topic 820 — Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework used to measure fair value and requires disclosures for fair value measurements. In accordance with ASC 820, the Company has categorized its investments and financial instruments carried at fair value, based on the priority of the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy as discussed in Note 4. Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of the market participant who holds the financial instrument rather than an entity specific measure. Therefore, when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company’s own assumptions are set to reflect those that management believes market participants would use in pricing the financial instrument at the measurement date.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon a sale of an asset in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset that (a) are independent of us, (b) are knowledgeable, having a reasonable understanding about the asset based on all available information (including information that might be obtained through due diligence efforts that are usual and customary), (c) are able to transact for the asset, and (d) are willing to transact for the asset or liability (that is, they are motivated but not forced or otherwise compelled to do so).

Securities that are traded on securities exchanges (including such securities traded in the after hour’s market) are valued on the basis of the closing price on the valuation date (if such prices are available). Securities that are traded on more than one securities exchange are valued at the closing price on the primary securities exchange on which such securities are traded on the valuation date (or if reported on the consolidated tape, then their last sales price on the consolidated tape). Listed options for which the last sales price falls between the last “bid” and “ask” prices for such options are valued at their last sales price on the date of the valuation on the primary securities exchange on which such options are traded. Options for which the last sales price on the valuation date does not fall between the last “bid” and “ask” prices are valued at the average of the last “bid” and “ask” prices for such options on that date. To the extent these securities are actively traded, and valuation adjustments are not applied, they are categorized in Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company did not hold any Level 1 investments as of June 30, 2018 or June 30, 2017.

Investments that are not traded on securities exchanges but are traded on the over-the-counter (“OTC”) markets (such as term loans, notes and warrants) are valued using various techniques, which may consider recently executed transactions in securities of the issuer or comparable issuers, market price quotations (when observable) and fundamental data relating to the issuer. These investments are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, or in instances when lower relative weight is placed on transaction prices, quotations, or similar observable inputs, they are categorized in Level 3.

The embedded derivative in the Term Notes and the 2017 Revolving Notes (as defined in Note 5) payable from SPV to UBS AG, London Branch (together with its affiliates, “UBS”) and total return swaps referencing the terms of the Term Notes payable and the total return of the 2017 Revolving Notes referencing the 2017 Revolving Notes (together, the “TRS”) are valued based on the change in fair value and the underlying accrued interest of the portfolio of assets held in SPV less the accrued interest payable on the financing due to the TRS counterparty, UBS. Consideration has been given to counterparty risk. The Company has assessed the unsecured

102

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

risk of the counterparty, UBS, in the form of credit ratings and the trading levels of that risk and has determined that the counterparty risk is minimal. The Company also notes that counterparty risk is further mitigated by the monthly settlement of both the interest portion of the embedded derivative referencing the Term Notes and the 2017 Revolving Notes payable and the TRS. If the Company were to determine that counterparty risk were material, an adjustment to the fair value of the TRS would be made. The embedded derivative in the Term Notes and the 2017 Revolving Notes payable and the TRS have been categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. See Note 4 and Note 5 for more detail.

Investments for which market quotations are not readily available or may be considered unreliable are fair valued, in good faith, using a method determined to be appropriate in the given circumstances. The valuation methods used include the Cost Approach, the Market Approach and the Income Approach. Inputs used in these approaches may include, but are not limited to, interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, recovery rates, comparable company transactions, trading multiples, and volatilities. The valuation method of the Company may change as changes in the underlying company dictates, such as moving from the Cost Approach to Market Approach when underlying conditions change at the company. Because of the inherent uncertainty of valuation in these circumstances, the fair values for the aforementioned investments may differ significantly from values that would have been used had a ready and liquid market for such investments existed or from the amounts that might ultimately be realized, and such differences could be material.

The Company’s valuation policies and procedures are developed by the Adviser, which is also responsible for ensuring that the valuation policies and procedures are consistently applied across all investments of the Company, and approved by the Company’s board of directors. The valuations are continuously monitored and the valuation process for Level 3 investments is completed on a quarterly basis and is designed to subject the valuation of Level 3 investments to an appropriate level of consistency, oversight and review. The valuation process begins with each portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the investment professionals of the Adviser responsible for the portfolio investment. These investment professionals prepare the preliminary valuations based on their evaluation of financial and operating data, company specific developments, market valuations of comparable securities from the same company or that of comparable companies as well as any other relevant factors including recent purchases and sales that may have occurred preceding month-end.

Valuation models are typically calibrated upon initial funding, and are re-calibrated as necessary upon subsequent material events (including, but not limited to additional financing activity, changes in comparable companies, and recent trades). The preliminary valuation conclusions are then documented and discussed with senior management of the Adviser. On a periodic basis and at least once annually, independent valuation firm(s) engaged by the Company conduct independent appraisals and review the Adviser’s preliminary valuations and make their own independent assessment. The Valuation Committee of the Company’s board of directors then reviews the preliminary valuations of the Adviser and that of the independent valuation firms. The Valuation Committee discusses the valuations and makes a recommendation to the Company’s board of directors regarding the fair value of each investment in good faith based on the input of the Adviser and the independent valuation firms. Upon recommendation by the Valuation Committee and a review of the valuation materials of the Adviser and the third party independent valuation firms, the board of directors of the Company determines, in good faith, the fair value of each investment.

For more information on the classification of the Company’s investments by major categories, see Note 4.

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities that qualify as financial instruments under U.S. GAAP approximates the carrying amounts presented in the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities.

103

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

j. Income Taxes

The Company has elected to be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. To qualify and maintain qualification as a RIC, the Company must, among other things, meet certain source of income and asset diversification requirements and distribute to stockholders, for each taxable year, at least 90% of the Company’s “investment company taxable income’’ which is generally the Company’s net ordinary income plus the excess, if any, of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses. If the Company continues to qualify as a RIC and continues to satisfy the annual distribution requirement, the Company will not have to pay corporate level federal income taxes on any income that the Company distributes to its stockholders. The Company intends to make distributions in an amount sufficient to maintain RIC status each year and to avoid any federal income taxes on income. The Company will also be subject to nondeductible federal excise taxes if the Company does not distribute to its stockholders at least 98% of net ordinary income, 98.2% of capital gains, if any, and any recognized and undistributed income from prior year for which it paid no federal income taxes. Additionally, certain of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, the Company recorded a provision for taxes of $2,579,337, $0 and $0, respectively, for U.S. federal and state income taxes related to Taxable Subsidiaries, respectively.

Book and tax basis differences that are permanent differences are reclassified among the Company’s capital accounts, as appropriate at year-end. Additionally, the tax character of distributions is determined in accordance with the Code, which differs from U.S. GAAP. During the year ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, the Company recorded distributions of $13.7 million, $16.5 million and $20.6 million, respectively. The tax character of a portion of these distributions may be return of capital.

U.S. GAAP requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority. Tax positions not deemed to meet a more-likely-than-not threshold would be recorded as a tax expense in the current year. The Company’s policy is to recognize accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as part of the tax provision.

The Company has analyzed such tax positions and has concluded that no unrecognized tax benefits should be recorded for uncertain tax positions for any tax year since inception. Each of the tax years since inception remains subject to examination by taxing authorities. This conclusion may be subject to review and adjustment at a later date based on factors, including but not limited to, ongoing analysis and changes to laws, regulations, and interpretations thereof.

Permanent differences between investment company taxable income and net investment income for financial reporting purposes are reclassified among capital accounts in the financial statements to reflect their tax character. Differences in classification may also result from the treatment of short-term gains as ordinary income for tax purposes. During the years ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, the Company reclassified for book purposes amounts arising from permanent book/tax differences related to the different tax treatment of paydown gains and losses, and income/(loss) from wholly owned subsidiaries as follows:


	As of June 30,
	2018		2017			2016
Additional paid-in capital	$	—	$	(742,700	)	$	179,708
Distributions in excess of net investment income		—		165,192			(562,692	)
Accumulated net realized gain (loss)		—		577,508			382,984

104

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

The tax character of all distributions paid by the Company during the years ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016 were ordinary income.

At June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, the components of distributable earnings on a tax basis detailed below differ from the amounts reflected in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Assets and Liabilities by temporary and other book/tax differences, primarily relating to the tax treatment of dividends payable and non-deductible incentive fee income unvested, as follows:


	As of June 30,
	2018			2017			2016
Undistributed net investment income	$	7,140,649		$	1,314,066		$	3,342,241
Accumulated capital gains (losses) and other		(2,474,763	)		—			—
Capital loss carryover		(18,612,517	)		(11,231,827	)		—
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation)		(9,055,269	)		(17,062,588	)		(36,010,159	)
Distributions payable		(3,417,848	)		(3,422,307	)		(4,809,778	)

Components of tax distributable earnings at year end	$	(26,419,748	)	$	(30,402,656	)	$	(37,477,696	)

For tax purposes, net realized capital losses may be carried over to offset future capital gains, if any. These capital losses can be carried forward for an indefinite period, and will retain their character as either short-term or long-term capital losses. As of June 30, 2018, the Company had a net short-term capital loss carryforward of $1,068,849 and a net long-term capital loss carryforward of $17,543,668 available to be carried forward for an indefinite period.

A RIC may elect to defer any capital losses incurred after October 31, 2017 (“post-October”) to the beginning of the following fiscal year. As of June 30, 2018, the Company had a post-October short-term capital loss deferral of $202,160 and a post-October long-term capital loss deferral of $2,272,603. These losses are deemed to arise on July 1, 2018.

In addition, as of June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017, and June 30, 2016, the wholly owned taxable subsidiary, CM Portfolio Companies LLC recorded a deferred tax asset and a corresponding valuation allowance of approximately $172,769, $557,059 and $557,059, respectively.

k. Capital Gains Incentive Fee

Under U.S. GAAP, the Company calculates the capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser as if the Company had realized all investments at their fair values as of the reporting date. Accordingly, the Company accrues a provisional capital gains incentive fee taking into account any unrealized gains or losses. As the provisional capital gains incentive fee is subject to the performance of investments until there is a realization event, the amount of provisional capital gains incentive fee accrued at a reporting date may vary from the incentive fee that is ultimately realized and the differences could be material.

The cost basis used to compute gains and losses for the purpose of determining incentive fees is the fair value of the Company’s investment on February 5, 2014, at the time the Company priced its Offering.

As of June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, there was no capital gains incentive fee payable to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement.

105

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 2. Significant Accounting Policies – (continued)

l. Share Repurchase Program

On May 2, 2018, the Company’s board of directors authorized a new discretionary repurchase program of up to $5.0 million shares of our common stock, until the earlier of (i) May 1, 2019 or (ii) the repurchase of $5.0 million in aggregate amount of the common stock. Under the discretionary repurchase program, the Company may, but is not obligated to, repurchase the outstanding common stock from time to time in the open market provided that the Company complies with the prohibitions under its insider trading policies and procedures and the applicable provisions the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In addition, any repurchases will be conducted in accordance with the 1940 Act. The timing and number of shares to be repurchased will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions and alternative investment opportunities and no assurances can be given that any common stock, or any particular amount, will be purchased. The Company will retire immediately all shares of common stock that are purchased in connection with the share repurchase program. During the period ended June 30, 2018, the Company repurchased 42,627 shares of common stock on the open market for $390,178 (including commissions). Refer to Note 11 for additional information concerning share repurchases.

Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standards setting bodies that are adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. The Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial statements upon adoption.

In November 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash (“ASU 2016-18”), which requires that the statements of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statements of cash flows. The new guidance is effective for annual and interim periods, beginning after December 15, 2017, and early adoption is permitted and is to be applied on a retrospective basis. Management is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2016-18 will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230), Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (“ASU 2016-15”), which is intended to reduce the existing diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement of cash flows. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact ASU 2016-15 will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605). In 2016, the FASB issued additional guidance which clarified, amended, and technically corrected prior guidance. Under the new guidance, an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In May 2016, ASU 2016-12 amended ASU 2014-09 and deferred the effective period to annual periods beginning after

106

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 3. Recent Accounting Pronouncements – (continued)

December 15, 2017, and interim periods therein. Early adoption is permitted. Management is currently evaluating the impact these changes will have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.

In October 2016, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted new rules and amended rules (together “final rules”) intended to modernize the reporting and disclosures of information by registered investment companies. In part, the final rules amend Regulation S-X and require standardized, enhanced disclosure about derivatives in investment company financial statements, as well as other amendments. The compliance date for the amendments to Regulation S-X was August 1, 2017. The Company has adopted the final rules, as applicable, and the revised presentation is reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.

Note 4. Investments

The Company’s investments at any time may include securities and other financial instruments, including, without limitation, corporate and government bonds, convertible securities, collateralized loan obligations, term loans, trade claims, equity securities, privately negotiated securities, direct placements, working interests, warrants and investment derivatives (such as credit default swaps, recovery swaps, total return swaps, options, forward contracts, and futures) (all of the foregoing collectively referred to in these financial statements as “investments”).

a. Certain Risk Factors

In the ordinary course of business, the Company manages a variety of risks including market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. The Company identifies, measures and monitors risk through various control mechanisms, including trading limits and diversifying exposures and activities across a variety of instruments, markets and counterparties.

Market risk is the risk of potential adverse changes to the value of financial instruments because of changes in market conditions, including as a result of changes in the credit quality of a particular issuer, credit spreads, interest rates, and other movements and volatility in security prices or commodities. In particular, the Company may invest in issuers that are experiencing or have experienced financial or business difficulties (including difficulties resulting from the initiation or prospect of significant litigation or bankruptcy proceedings), which involves significant risks. The Company manages its exposure to market risk through the use of risk management strategies and various analytical monitoring techniques.

The Company’s assets may, at any time, include securities and other financial instruments or obligations that are illiquid or thinly traded, making purchase or sale of such securities and financial instruments at desired prices or in desired quantities difficult. Furthermore, the sale of any such investments may be possible only at substantial discounts, and it may be extremely difficult to value any such investments accurately.

Credit risk is the potential loss the Company may incur from a failure of an issuer to make payments according to the terms of a contract. The Company is subject to credit risk because of its strategy of investing in the debt of leveraged companies and its involvement in derivative instruments. The Company’s exposure to credit risk on its investments is limited to the fair value of the investments. The Company’s TRS contract is executed pursuant to an International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”) master agreement (the “ISDA Agreement”) that the Company currently has in place with UBS. At June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company had all of its counterparty credit risk associated with non-performance for swaps with UBS. With

107

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

regard to derivatives, the Company attempts to limit its credit risk by considering its counterparty’s (or its guarantor’s) credit rating. The Company’s policy is to not hold counterparty collateral on ISDA Agreements, but would do so if the exposure were material.

b. Investments

Investment purchases, sales and principal payments/paydowns are summarized below for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively. These purchase and sale amounts exclude derivative instruments as well as non cash restructurings.


	Twelve Months Ended June 30,
	2018		2017		2016
Investment purchases, at cost (including PIK interest)	$	175,180,629	$	134,658,719	$	64,010,279
Investment sales and repayments		137,045,592		162,646,483		95,132,109

The composition of the Company’s investments as of June 30, 2018, as a percentage of the total portfolio, at amortized cost and fair value, are as follows:


	Investment at Amortized Cost		Percentage			Investments at Fair Value			Percentage
Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments	$	161,389,931		53.40	%	$	165,136,316			56.30	%
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments		139,360,342		46.00			127,200,954			43.30
Unsecured Debt Investments		—		—			731,742			0.20
Equity, Warrants and Other Investments		1,897,009		0.60			523,001			0.20
Embedded derivative – Notes Payable		—		—			229,918			2.29
Total Return Swap		—		—			(229,918	)		(2.29	)

Total	$	302,647,282		100.00	%	$	293,592,013			100.00	%

The composition of the Company’s investments as of June 30, 2017, as a percentage of the total portfolio, at amortized cost and fair value, are as follows:


	Investment at Amortized Cost		Percentage			Investments at Fair Value			Percentage
Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments	$	123,501,005		45.66	%	$	127,103,981			49.86	%
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments		144,211,470		53.32			126,593,792			49.66
Equity, Warrants and Other Investments		2,755,265		1.02			1,209,398			0.48
Embedded derivative – Notes Payable		—		—			5,830,501			2.29
Total Return Swap		—		—			(5,830,501	)		(2.29	)

Total	$	270,467,740		100.00	%	$	254,907,171			100.00	%

108

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

The Company adopted the Global Industry Classification Standard (“GICS”) codes to identify industry groupings in 2018. The following tables shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value at June 30, 2018 by GICS codes and by the Company’s original industry classification:


Industry Classification (GICS)	Investments at Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio
Professional Services	$	41,040,567		13.98	%
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure		33,336,195		11.36
Energy Equipment & Services		32,196,779		10.97
Media		31,950,000		10.88
Commercial Services & Supplies		31,600,000		10.76
IT Services		28,009,599		9.54
Diversified Telecommunication Services		24,933,557		8.49
Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels		24,180,000		8.24
Distributors		12,468,750		4.25
Health Care Providers & Services		11,312,696		3.85
Chemicals		8,023,000		2.73
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		7,499,250		2.55
Electronic Equipment		6,580,000		2.24
Wireless Telecommunication Services		461,620		0.16

Total	$	293,592,013		100.00	%


Industry Classification (Original)	Investments at Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio
Business Services	$	82,974,124		28.26	%
Entertainment and Leisure		40,336,195		13.74
Oilfield Services		32,196,780		10.97
Media		24,950,000		8.50
Oil and Gas		24,180,000		8.23
IT Services		23,009,599		7.84
Environmental Services		19,600,000		6.67
Healthcare-Products/Services		18,811,945		6.41
Trucking and Leasing		12,468,750		4.25
Chemicals		8,023,000		2.73
Metals and Mining		6,580,000		2.24
Telecommunications		461,620		0.16

Total	$	293,592,013		100.00	%

109

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

The following tables shows the portfolio composition by industry grouping at fair value at June 30, 2017 by GICS codes and by the Company’s original industry classification:


Industry Classification (GICS)	Investments at Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio
Hotels, Restaurants & Leisure	$	31,187,821		12.24	%
Diversified Telecommunication Services		25,942,231		10.18
Oil, Gas & Consumable Fuels		22,100,080		8.67
Health Care Providers & Services		21,045,063		8.26
IT Services		19,992,924		7.84
Energy Equipment & Services		17,594,035		6.90
Wireless Telecommunication Services		15,500,600		6.08
Media		15,400,000		6.04
Road & Rail		13,797,986		5.41
Commercial Services & Supplies		11,760,000		4.61
Electronic Equipment		11,057,055		4.34
Building Products		9,950,000		3.90
Distributors		9,203,126		3.61
Electric Utilities		7,518,750		2.95
Specialty Retail		7,437,500		2.92
Health Care Equipment & Supplies		7,425,000		2.91
Household Durables		7,000,000		2.75
Leisure Products		995,000		0.39

Total	$	254,907,171		100.00	%


Industry Classification (Original)	Investments at Fair Value		Percentage of Total Portfolio
Business Services	$	42,602,231		16.71	%
Entertainment and Leisure		38,187,821		14.98
Telecommunications		30,593,524		12.00
Healthcare-Products/Services		28,470,063		11.17
Trucking and Leasing		23,001,112		9.02
Oil and Gas		22,100,080		8.67
Oilfield Services		17,594,035		6.90
Media		15,400,000		6.04
Metals and Mining		11,057,055		4.34
Construction & Building		9,950,000		3.91
Utilities		7,518,750		2.95
Retail		7,437,500		2.92
Consumer Products		995,000		0.39

Total	$	254,907,171		100.00	%

110

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic grouping at fair value at June 30, 2018:


	Fair Value		Percentage Total Portfolio
U.S. West	$	74,078,950		25.23	%
U.S. Northeast		57,586,322		19.62
U.S. Southeast		53,203,880		18.12
U.S. Southwest		43,208,281		14.72
U.S. Midwest		29,251,885		9.96
International		24,950,000		8.50
U.S. Mid-Atlantic		11,312,695		3.85

Total	$	293,592,013		100.00	%

The following table shows the portfolio composition by geographic grouping at fair value at June 30, 2017:


	Fair Value		Percentage Total Portfolio
U.S. West	$	56,376,504		22.12	%
U.S. Southeast		48,867,831		19.17
U.S. Northeast		44,044,876		17.28
U.S. Southwest		32,844,487		12.88
U.S. Mid-Atlantic		32,157,987		12.62
U.S. Midwest		25,215,486		9.89
Europe		15,400,000		6.04

Total	$	254,907,171		100.00	%

The Company’s primary investment objective is to maximize total return to stockholders in the form of current income and capital appreciation by investing directly in debt and related equity of privately held middle- market companies to help these companies fund acquisitions, growth or refinancing. During the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company made investments in new and existing portfolio companies of approximately $43.0 million and $129.5 million, respectively, to which it was not previously contractually committed to provide financial support. During the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company made investments of $1.9 million in companies to which it was previously committed to provide financial support through the terms of the revolvers. The details of the Company’s investments have been disclosed on the Consolidated Schedule of Investments.

c. Derivatives

Derivative contracts include total return swaps and embedded derivatives in Notes Payable. The Company enters into derivative contracts as part of its investment strategies.

The Company and UBS entered into two TRS transactions whereby the Company will receive the total return of the Term Notes and the Revolving Notes (as defined in Note 5) purchased by UBS and pay the Financing Rate and the Revolver Financing Rate (both as defined in Note 5). Therefore, amounts required for the future satisfaction of the swaps may be greater or less than the amount recorded. Realized and change in unrealized gains and losses on total return swaps, if any, are included in the net realized gain or loss on derivative, and net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. On December 5, 2016, the TRS on the Revolving Notes expired.

111

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

In connection with the TRS transactions, the Company entered into an ISDA Agreement with UBS. The ISDA Agreement includes provisions for general obligations, representations, collateral and events of default or termination. Under an ISDA Agreement, the Company typically may offset with the counterparty certain derivative payable and/or receivable with collateral held and/or posted and create one single net payment (close-out netting) in the event of default or termination.

The Company’s ISDA Agreement may contain provisions for early termination of OTC derivative transactions in the event the net assets of the Company decline below specific levels (“net asset contingent features”). If these levels are triggered, the Company’s counterparty has the right to terminate such transaction and require the Company to pay or receive a settlement amount in connection with the terminated transaction.

The Company has determined that the Term Notes payable from SPV to UBS related to the Term Financing (discussed further in Note 5) contains an embedded derivative. SPV is obligated to pay UBS the net appreciation (depreciation) of the SPV Assets, as defined below, as well as pay any income generated by the SPV Assets until maturity. Therefore, amounts required for the future satisfaction of the note may be greater or less than the amount recorded. Realized and change in unrealized gains and losses on the embedded derivative is included in the net realized gain or loss on derivatives, and net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on derivative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table reflects the fair value and notional amount or number of contracts of the Company’s derivative contracts, none of which were designated as hedging instruments under U.S. GAAP, which are presented on a gross basis, at June 30, 2018.


	Assets		Liabilities		Notional		Contracts
Credit Risk:
Total Return Swaps	$	—	$	229,918	$	152,000,000		2
Embedded derivatives
Notes Payable		229,918		—		152,000,000		2

Gross fair value of derivative contracts		229,918		229,918
Counterparty netting		—		—

Net fair value of derivative contracts		229,918		229,918
Collateral not offset		—		—

Net amount	$	229,918	$	229,918

112

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)


	Assets		Liabilities		Notional		Contracts
Credit Risk:
Total Return Swaps	$	—	$	5,830,501		102,000,000		1
Embedded derivatives
Notes Payable		5,830,501		—		102,000,000		1

Gross fair value of derivative contracts		5,830,501		5,830,501
Counterparty netting		—		—

Net fair value of derivative contracts		5,830,501		5,830,501
Collateral not offset		—		—

Net amount	$	5,830,501	$	5,830,501

The following table reflects the amount of gains (losses) on derivatives included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, respectively. None of the derivatives were designated as hedging instruments under U.S. GAAP.


	Included in net change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments and derivatives
	June 30,
	2018			2017			2016
Total Return Swaps	$	(5,600,583	)	$	(3,241,158	)	$	(7,225,891	)
Embedded derivatives Notes Payable		5,600,583			3,241,158			7,225,891

Total	$	—		$	—		$	—

d. Fair Value Measurements

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 also establishes a framework for measuring fair value and a valuation hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation of an asset or liability based upon their transparency. The valuation hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). Classification within the hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value have been classified in the following three categories:

Level 1 — valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

113

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

information is released publicly; (c) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or (d) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from security to security and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of security, whether the security is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of the market and other characteristics particular to the security. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3.

Estimates of fair value for cash and restricted cash are measured using observable, quoted market prices, or Level 1 inputs. All other fair value significant estimates are measured using unobservable inputs, or Level 3 inputs.

The following table summarizes the classifications within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of June 30, 2018:


	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
Assets
Investments
Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments	$	—	$	—	$	165,136,316		$	165,136,316
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments		—		—		127,200,954			127,200,954
Unsecured Debt Investment		—		—		523,001			523,001
Equity, Warrants and Other Investments		—		—		731,742			731,742

Total Investments		—		—		293,592,013			293,592,013
Derivatives
Embedded derivative Notes Payable		—		—		229,918			229,918

Total Derivatives		—		—		229,918			229,918

Total Assets	$	—	$	—	$	293,821,931		$	293,821,931

Liabilities
Derivatives
Total Return Swaps	$	—	$	—	$	(229,918	)	$	(229,918	)

Total Derivatives		—		—		(229,918	)		(229,918	)
Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	(229,918	)	$	(229,918	)

114

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

The following table summarizes the classifications within the fair value hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of June 30, 2017:


	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3			Total
Assets
Investments
Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments	$	—	$	—	$	127,103,981		$	127,103,981
Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments		—		—		126,593,792			126,593,792
Equity, Warrants and Other Investments		—		—		1,209,398			1,209,398

Total Investments		—		—		254,907,171			254,907,171
Derivatives
Embedded derivative Notes Payable		—		—		5,830,501			5,830,501
Total Derivatives		—		—		5,830,501			5,830,501

Total Assets	$	—	$	—	$	260,737,672		$	260,737,672

Liabilities
Derivatives
Total Return Swaps	$	—	$	—	$	(5,830,501	)	$	(5,830,501	)

Total Derivatives		—		—		(5,830,501	)		(5,830,501	)

Total Liabilities	$	—	$	—	$	(5,830,501	)	$	(5,830,501	)

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for investments that use Level 3 inputs for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018:


	Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments			Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments			Unsecured Debt Investments		Equity, Warrants and Other Investments			Total Investments
Balance as of June 30, 2017	$	127,103,981		$	126,593,792		$	—	$	1,209,398		$	254,907,171
Purchases (including PIK interest)		146,198,516			28,125,780			—		856,333			175,180,629
Sales		(109,135,505	)		(19,044,748	)		—		(8,865,339	)		(137,045,592	)
Amortization		2,819,035			1,080,923			—		—			3,899,958
Net realized gains (losses)		(1,993,120	)		(7,494,333	)		—		(368,000	)		(9,855,453	)
Transfers in		—			—			—		7,518,750			7,518,750
Transfers out		—			(7,518,750	)		—		—			(7,518,750	)
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation		143,409			5,458,290			731,742		171,859			6,505,300

Balance as of June 30, 2018	$	165,136,316		$	127,200,954		$	731,742	$	523,001		$	293,592,013

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2018	$	499,934		$	(6,577,103	)	$	—	$	—		$	(6,077,169	)

115

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)


	Total Return Swaps			Embedded derivatives – Notes Payable			Total Derivatives
Balance as of June 30, 2017	$	(5,830,501	)	$	5,830,501		$	—
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation		5,600,583			(5,600,583	)		—

Balance as of June 30, 2018	$	(229,918	)	$	229,918		$	—

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2018	$	5,600,583		$	(5,600,583	)	$	—

The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for investments that use Level 3 inputs for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017:


	Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments			Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments			Equity, Warrants and Other Investments			Total Investments
Balance as of June 30, 2016	$	157,088,252		$	114,871,040		$	154,872		$	272,114,164
Purchases (including PIK interest)		85,369,205			49,289,514			—			134,658,719
Sales		(120,462,364	)		(42,029,096	)		(155,023	)		(162,646,483	)
Amortization		2,181,436			718,454			—			2,899,890
Net realized gains (losses)		(7,726,105	)		(2,832,172	)		(1,251,058	)		(11,809,335	)
Transfers in		—			—			1,221,256			—
Transfers out		(1,221,256	)		—			—			—
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation		11,874,812			6,576,053			1,239,351			19,690,216

Balance as of June 30, 2017	$	127,103,981		$	126,593,792		$	1,209,398		$	254,907,171

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2017	$	4,757,548		$	2,669,423		$	(11,858	)	$	7,415,113


	Total Return Swaps			Embedded derivatives – Notes Payable			Total Derivatives
Balance as of June 30, 2016	$	(9,071,659	)	$	9,071,659		$	—
Net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation		3,241,158			(3,241,158	)		—

Balance as of June 30, 2017	$	(5,830,501	)	$	5,830,501		$	—

Change in unrealized gains (losses) relating to assets and liabilities still held as of June 30, 2017	$	3,241,158		$	(3,241,158	)	$	—

Transfers into Level 3 during or at the end of the reporting period are reported under Level 1 or Level 2 as of the beginning of the period. Transfers out of Level 3 during or at the end of the reporting period are reported under Level 3 as of the beginning of the period. Changes in unrealized gains (losses) relating to Level 3 instruments are included in net change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on investments and derivatives on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

During the twelve months ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company did not transfer any investments among Levels 1 and 2 and 3.

116

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

The following tables present the ranges of significant unobservable inputs used to value the Company’s Level 3 investments as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017. These ranges represent the significant unobservable inputs that were used in the valuation of each type of investment. These inputs are not representative of the inputs that could have been used in the valuation of any one investment. For example, the highest market yield presented in the table for senior secured notes is appropriate for valuing a specific investment but may not be appropriate for valuing any other investment. Accordingly, the ranges of inputs presented below do not represent uncertainty in, or possible ranges of, fair value measurements of the Company’s Level 3 investments.

Fair Value as of
June 30,
2018

Valuation
Methodology

Unobservable
Input(s)

Weighted
Average

Range

Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments

40,599,649

Yield Analysis

Market Yields

10.3%

6.7% – 16.4%

Unitranche First Lien Debt Investments

12,286,453

Discounted
Cash Flow

Discount Rate

17.2%

15.7% – 18.7%

Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments

65,321,315

Discounted
Cash Flow

Discount Rate

8.2%

5.7% – 11.7%

Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments

12,935,744

Broker Quoted

Market Comparable

98.0%

97.0% – 99.0%

Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments

37,859,599

Recent Purchase

N/A

Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments

53,340,953

Yield Analysis

Market Yields

18.8%

10.7% – 43.5%

Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments

69,993,557

Discounted
Cash Flow

Discount Rate

11.6%

7.6% – 16.2%

Equity, Warrants and Other Investments

1,254,743

EV Multiple

EBITDA Multiple

0.0x

0.0x – 0.0x

Total Return Swaps

(229,918

)

Intrinsic Value

N/A

Embedded derivatives – Note Payable

229,918

Intrinsic Value

N/A

Fair Value as of
June 30,
2017

Valuation
Methodology

Unobservable
Input(s)

Weighted
Average

Range

Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments

83,516,160

Yield Analysis

Market Yields

9.7%

5.2% – 17.8%

Senior Secured First Lien Debt Investments

43,587,821

Recent Purchase

N/A

Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments

108,536,737

Yield Analysis

Market Yields

14.6%

7.4% – 33.8%

Senior Secured Second Lien Debt Investments

18,057,055

Recent Purchase

N/A

Equity, Warrants and Other Investments

1,209,398

EV Multiple

Revenue

2.0x

Total Return Swaps

(5,830,501

)

Intrinsic Value

N/A

Embedded derivatives – Note

Payable

5,830,501

Intrinsic Value

N/A

117

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 4. Investments – (continued)

Fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 are sensitive to changes in the assumptions or methodology used to determine fair value and such changes could result in a significant increase or decrease in the fair value. Significant increases in illiquidity discounts, PIK discounts and market yields would result in significantly lower fair value measurements.

Note 5. Notes Payable

On May 23, 2013, as amended on June 6, 2013, December 4, 2013, September 26, 2014, July 20, 2015, August 14, 2015, February 28, 2017 and November 20, 2017, the Company, through SPV, entered into a $102.0 million financing transaction (the “Term Financing”) due December 5, 2020 with UBS. The Term Financing is collateralized by the portion of the Company’s assets held by SPV (the “SPV Assets”) and pledged as collateral as noted in the Consolidated Schedule of Investments. Borrowings under the Term Financing bear interest (i) at a rate per annum equal to one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.75% through December 4, 2018, and (ii) at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 2.55% from December 5, 2018 through December 5, 2020 (the “Term Financing Rate”). The Company also incurs an annual fee of approximately 1% of the outstanding borrowings under the Term Financing. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were $102.0 million and $102.0 million borrowings outstanding under the Term Financing, respectively.

On December 4, 2013, as amended on September 26, 2014 and July 17, 2015, the Company, through SPV, entered into a $50.0 million revolving financing (the “2013 UBS Revolving Financing”), which expired in accordance with its terms on December 5, 2016. From December 4, 2013 through September 24, 2014, the 2013 UBS Revolving Financing bore interest at a fixed rate of 2.10% per annum on drawn amounts and 0.50% per annum on any undrawn portion. From September 26, 2014 through December 5, 2016, the 2013 UBS Revolving Financing bore interest at a fixed rate of 2.00% on drawn amounts and 0.50% per annum on any undrawn portion. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under the 2013 UBS Revolving Financing.

The initial financing transaction with UBS was executed in four steps:

First, the Company organized SPV, a consolidated wholly owned bankruptcy remote special purpose vehicle in the Cayman Islands to purchase the SPV Assets through (i) the issuance and sale of notes secured by the SPV Assets (the “Term Notes”) to UBS and the Company and (ii) the transfer of cash to the Company. UBS purchased Term Notes with a face value of $76.5 million, which represent 51% of the Term Notes issued and outstanding, for $76.5 million in cash. The Company purchased Term Notes with a face value of $73.5 million (which are eliminated in consolidation), which represent 49% of the Term Notes issued and outstanding. Under the terms of the indenture under which the Term Notes were issued (the “Indenture”), the holders of the Term Notes are entitled to (i) periodic interest payments equal to their pro rata portion of the interest collected on the assets held by SPV and (ii) their pro-rata portion of the net appreciation (depreciation) on the SPV Assets at maturity (the “Total Return of the Term Notes”). This represents the embedded derivative in the Term Notes payable from SPV to UBS. On September 26, 2014, the Company increased the size of the Term Facility to $102.0 million. In connection with the upsize, UBS purchased additional Term Notes with a face value of $25.5 million for $25.5 million in cash. The Company also purchased additional Term Notes with a face value of $24.5 million.

Second, the Company and UBS entered into a TRS transaction whereby the Company would receive the Total Return of the Term Notes purchased by UBS and pay the Financing Rate.

118

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 5. Notes Payable – (continued)

Third, SPV issued and sold an additional $50.0 million notes (the “2013 Revolving Notes”) secured by the SPV Assets to UBS. Cash was only exchanged when the 2013 Revolving Notes were drawn. Under the terms of the Indenture under which the 2013 Revolving Notes were issued (the “2013 Revolver Indenture”), the holders of the 2013 Revolving Notes were entitled to (i) periodic interest payments equal to their pro rata portion of the interest collected on the SPV Assets and (ii) their pro-rata portion of the net appreciation (depreciation) on the SPV Assets at maturity (the “Total Return of the 2013 Revolving Notes”).

Fourth, the Company and UBS entered into another TRS transaction whereby the Company would receive the Total Return of the Revolving Notes purchased by UBS and pay the revolver financing rate. On December 5, 2016, the 2013 Revolving Notes matured and the corresponding TRS transaction associated with the 2013 Revolving Notes unwound in unison. On November 20, 2017, the Company and UBS entered into another TRS transaction whereby the Company will receive the total return of the $50 million notes (the “2017 Revolving Notes) purchased by UBS and pay the Revolver Financing Rate (defined below).

On November 20, 2017, the Company entered into a $50 million revolving financing facility (the “2017 UBS Revolving Financing”) with UBS. Borrowings under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing generally bear interest at a rate per annum equal to one-month LIBOR plus 3.55% (the “Revolver Financing Rate”). The Company pays a fee on any undrawn amounts of 2.50% per annum; provided that if 50% or less of the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing is drawn, the fee will be 2.75% per annum. Any amounts borrowed under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing will mature, and all accrued and unpaid interest will be due and payable, on December 5, 2019. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were $17.8 million and $0 in borrowings outstanding under the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing, respectively.

As of December 31, 2017, SPV issued and sold an additional $50.0 million notes (the “2017 Revolving Notes”) secured by the SPV Assets to UBS. Cash is only exchanged when the 2017 Revolving Notes are drawn. Under the terms of the Indenture under which the 2017 Revolving Notes were issued (the “2017 Revolver Indenture”), the holders of the 2017 Revolving Notes are entitled to (i) periodic interest payments equal to their pro rata portion of the interest collected on the SPV Assets and (ii) their pro-rata portion of the net appreciation (depreciation) on the SPV Assets at maturity (the “Total Return of the 2017 Revolving Notes”).

The fair value of the Company’s Notes Payable is estimated based on the rate at which similar facilities would be priced. At June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the fair value of the Notes Payable was estimated at $119.8 million and $102.0 million, respectively, which the Company concluded was a Level 3 fair value.

On November 9, 2016, the Company entered into the $50.0 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility (the “Citi Revolving Financing”) with Citibank, N.A. (“Citibank”), which was secured by collateral consisting primarily of commercial loans and corporate bonds. There were no upfront costs paid in the establishment of the Citi Revolving Financing.

Borrowings under the Citi Revolving Financing generally bore interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR plus 4.85%. The default interest rate was equal to the interest rate then in effect plus 2.00%. The Citi Revolving Financing required the payment of an unused fee of 2.85% annually for any undrawn amounts below 75% of the Citi Revolving Financing, and 0.75% annually for any undrawn amounts above 75% of the Citi Revolving Financing. Borrowings under the Citi Revolving Financing were based on a borrowing base. The Citi Revolving Financing generally required payment of interest on a quarterly basis and all outstanding principal was due upon maturity. The Citi Revolving Financing also required mandatory prepayment of interest and principal upon certain events. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Citi Revolving Financing.

119

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 5. Notes Payable – (continued)

The Company has repaid in full all indebtedness, liabilities and other obligations under, and terminated, its Citi Revolving Financing on December 8, 2017. In accordance with the termination of the Citi Revolving Financing, all liens on collateral securing the Citi Revolving Financing were released.

Cash, restricted (as shown on the Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities) is held by the trustee of the Term Financing and the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing, and the Citi Revolving Financing up until its expiration, and is restricted to purchases of investments by SPV and LLC that must meet certain eligibility criteria identified by the Indenture. As of June 30, 2018, SPV and LLC had aggregate assets of $234.5 million, which included $232.8 million of the Company’s portfolio investments at fair value, $0.7 million of accrued interest receivable and $1.0 million in cash held by the trustees of the Term Financing and the 2017 UBS Revolving Financing (together, the “UBS Financing Facility”, and with the Citi Revolving Financing, the “Financing Facilities”). As of June 30, 2017, SPV and LLC had assets of $203.4 million, which included $180.1 million of the Company’s portfolio investments at fair value, $1.0 million of accrued interest receivable and $22.3 million in cash held by the trustee of the UBS Financing Facility. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the weighted average outstanding debt balance and the weighted average stated interest rate under the Financing Facilities was $120.9 million and 4.46%, respectively. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, the weighted average outstanding debt balance and the weighted average stated interest rate under the Financing Facilities was $115.8 million and 4.10%, respectively.

Note 6. Indemnification, Guarantees, Commitments and Contingencies

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that provide a variety of representations and warranties and general indemnifications. Such contracts include those with certain service providers, brokers and trading counterparties. Any exposure to the Company under these arrangements is unknown as it would involve future claims that may be made against the Company; however, based on the Company’s experience, the risk of loss is remote and no such claims are expected to occur. As such, the Company has not accrued any liability in connection with such indemnifications.

The Company’s Board of Directors declared the following quarterly distributions:

Declared

Ex-Date

Record Date

Pay Date

Amount

Fiscal Quarter

August 24, 2017

September 7, 2017

September 8, 2017

October 5, 2017

0.2500

1st 2018

November 7, 2017

December 14, 2017

December 15, 2017

January 4, 2018

0.2500

2nd 2018

February 6, 2018

March 15, 2018

March 16, 2018

April 5, 2018

0.2500

3rd 2018

May 2, 2018

June 14, 2018

June 15, 2018

July 5, 2018

0.2500

4th 2018

Loans purchased by the Company may include revolving credit agreements or other financing commitments obligating the Company to advance additional amounts on demand. The Company generally sets aside sufficient liquid assets to cover its unfunded commitments, if any.

The following table details the Company’s unfunded commitments as of June 30, 2018:


Investments	Unfunded Commitment		Fair Value		Annual Non-use Fee		Expiration Date
1888 Industrial Services, LLC	$	693,069	$	—		0.50		9/30/21
PR Wireless, Inc.		1,846,478		—		0.35		6/27/19
U.S. Well Services, LLC		215,004		—		—		1/31/22

Total Unfunded Commitments	$	2,754,551	$	—

120

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 6. Indemnification, Guarantees, Commitments and Contingencies – (continued)

The following table details the Company’s unfunded commitments as of June 30, 2017:


Investments	Unfunded Commitment		Fair Value		Annual Non-use Fee		Expiration Date
AAR Intermediate Holdings, LLC	$	792,079	$	—		0.50		9/30/21
U.S. Well Services, LLC		413,342		—		0.00		1/31/22

Total Unfunded Commitments	$	1,205,421	$	—

Note 7. Agreements and Related Party Transactions

Investment Advisory Agreement

Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Company has agreed to pay to the Adviser a base management fee of 1.75% of gross assets, as adjusted, including assets purchased with borrowed funds or other forms of leverage and excluding cash and cash equivalents and “fair value of derivatives associated with the Company’s financing”, and an incentive fee consisting of two parts.

The first part of the incentive fee, which is calculated and payable quarterly in arrears, equals 20.0% of the “pre-incentive fee net investment income” (as defined in the agreement) for the immediately preceding quarter, subject to a hurdle rate of 2.0% per quarter (8.0% annualized), and is subject to a “catch-up” feature. The incentive fee is subject to a total return requirement, which provides that no incentive fee in respect of the Company’s pre-incentive fee net investment income will be payable except to the extent 20.0% of the cumulative net increase in net assets resulting from operations over the then current and 11 preceding quarters exceeds the cumulative incentive fees accrued and/or paid for the 11 preceding quarters. The net pre-incentive fee investment income used to calculate this part of the incentive fee is also included in the amount of the Company’s gross assets used to calculate the 1.75% base management fee.

The Adviser agreed to permanently waive: (i) all or portions of base management fees through December 31, 2014, to the extent required to support an annualized dividend yield of 9.0% per annum based on the price per share of the Company’s common stock in the Offering of $15.00, and (ii) all or portions of the incentive fee for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2015 and 2016, to the extent required to support an annualized dividend yield of 9.0%, 9.25% and 9.375% per annum, respectively, based on the price per share of the Company’s common stock in of the Offering of $15.00. Fees permanently waived by the Adviser are not subject to future repayment or recoupment by the Company.

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, $4,871,706 in base management fees were earned by the Adviser, of which $1,319,853 was payable at June 30, 2018. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, $4,652,064 in base management fees were earned by the Adviser, of which $1,132,391 was payable at June 30, 2017. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, $5,511,532 in base management fees were earned by the Adviser, of which $1,257,768 was payable at June 30, 2016.

121

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 7. Agreements and Related Party Transactions – (continued)

For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, the Company incurred $3,932,710 of incentive fees related to pre-incentive fee net investment income of which $574,492 was voluntarily waived by the Adviser. As of June 30, 2018, $2,294,678 of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Adviser and $772,234 of pre-incentive fees incurred by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK and certain discount accretion) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2017, the Company incurred $1,289,927 of incentive fees related to pre-incentive fee net investment income of which $249,071 was voluntarily waived by the Adviser. As of June 30, 2017, $43,010 of such incentive fees are currently payable to the Adviser and $231,063 of pre-incentive fees incurred by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK and certain discount accretion) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2016, the Company incurred $1,229,031 of incentive fees related to pre-incentive fee net investment income of which $0 was waived. As of June 30, 2016, $275,540 of such incentive fees were currently payable to the Adviser and $268,472 of pre-incentive fees incurred by the Company were generated from deferred interest (i.e. PIK and certain discount accretion) and are not payable until such amounts are received in cash. Any voluntary waivers of the incentive fee in no way implies that the Adviser will agree to waive any incentive fee in any future period.

The capital gains incentive fee consists of fees related to both realized gains and unrealized gains. As of June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, there were no capital gains incentive fee earned or payable to the Adviser under the Advisory Agreement.

With respect to the incentive fee expense accrual relating to the capital gains incentive fee, U.S. GAAP requires that the capital gains incentive fee accrual consider the cumulative aggregate unrealized appreciation in the calculation, as a capital gains incentive fee would be payable if such unrealized appreciation were realized, even though such unrealized appreciation is not permitted to be considered in calculating the fee actually payable under the Advisory Agreement.

The Advisory Agreement provides that, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser and its officers, managers, partners, agents, employees, controlling persons and members, and any other person or entity affiliated with it, are entitled to indemnification from the Company for any damages, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and amounts reasonably paid in settlement) arising from the rendering of the Adviser’s services under the Advisory Agreement or otherwise as the Adviser.

Administration Agreement

The Company entered into an administration agreement with the Adviser (the “Administration Agreement”) pursuant to which the Adviser furnishes the Company with office facilities and equipment and will provide the Company with the clerical, bookkeeping, recordkeeping and other administrative services necessary to conduct day-to-day operations. Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser performs, or oversees the performance of the Company’s required administrative services, which includes, among other things, being responsible for the financial records which it is required to maintain and preparing reports to its stockholders and reports filed with the SEC. In addition, the Adviser assists the Company in determining and publishing its net asset value, oversees the preparation and filing of its tax returns and the printing and dissemination of reports and other materials to its stockholders, and generally oversees the payment of its expenses and the performance of administrative and professional services rendered to it by others. Under the Administration Agreement, the Adviser also provides

122

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 7. Agreements and Related Party Transactions – (continued)

managerial assistance on the Company’s behalf to those portfolio companies that have accepted its offer to provide such assistance. The Adviser has also retained the services of accounting and back office professionals on an as needed basis through a services agreement with the Cyrus Capital Partners, L.P. to assist the Adviser in fulfilling certain of its obligations to the Company under the Administration Agreement. The Company incurred costs of $1,198,397 under the Administration Agreement for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018. The Company incurred costs of $987,286 under the Administration Agreement for the twelve months ended June 30, 2017. The Company incurred costs of $785,846 under the Administration Agreement for the twelve months ended June 30, 2016.

As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company recorded $0 and $85,000, respectively, in accrued expenses and other liabilities on its Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities for reimbursement of expenses owed to the Adviser under the Administration Agreement.

License Agreement

The Company has entered into a license agreement with the Adviser under which the Adviser has agreed to grant the Company a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use the name “CM Finance.” Under this agreement, the Company has a right to use the “CM Finance” name for so long as the Adviser or one of its affiliates remains the Adviser. Other than with respect to this limited license, the Company has no legal right to the “CM Finance” name.

Stifel Arrangement

In December 2013, the Company entered into an arrangement pursuant to which Stifel made a capital contribution to the Company on February 5, 2014 and the Company granted Stifel certain rights, such as a right to nominate for election a member of the Company’s board of directors. Stifel has not exercised its right to nominate for election a member of the Company’s board of directors. Stifel does not have any rights to exercise a controlling influence over the Company’s day-to-day operations or the investment management function of the Adviser.

Four of the investment professionals employed by the Adviser as part of its investment team are also employees of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or its affiliates and are members of the Adviser’s investment committee designated by Stifel. Although these four investment professionals dedicate substantially all of their time to the business and activities of the Adviser, they are dual employees of both Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or its affiliates and the Adviser, and a member of the Adviser’s investment committee is an employee of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or its affiliates and as a result, may continue to engage in investment advisory activities for Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or its affiliates. As of June 30, 2018, Stifel owned approximately 16.0% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, and also holds a 20.0% interest in the Adviser.

Note 8. Directors Fees

Each of the Company’s four independent directors receives (i) an annual fee of $75,000, and (ii) $2,500 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending in person or telephonically each regular board of directors meeting and each special telephonic meeting. The Company’s independent directors also receive $1,000 plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in

123

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 8. Directors Fees – (continued)

connection with each committee meeting attended in person and each telephonic committee meeting. The chairman of the audit committee receives an annual fee of $7,500. The chairperson of the valuation committee, the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee receives an annual fee of $2,500, $2,500 and $2,500, respectively. The Company has obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance on behalf of the Company’s directors and officers. Independent directors have the option of having their directors’ fees paid in shares of the Company’s common stock issued at a price per share equal to the greater of net asset value or the market price at the time of payment. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, the Company recorded directors’ fees of $402,240, $501,233 and $425,922, respectively. As of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017, the Company recorded directors’ fees payable of $99,296 and $100,000, respectively.

Note 9. Net Change in Net Assets Resulting from Operations Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period. Other potentially dilutive common shares, and the related impact to earnings, are considered when calculating earnings per share on a diluted basis.

The following table sets forth the computation of the weighted average basic and diluted net increase in net assets per share from operations:


Basic and Diluted Net Increase (Decrease) in Net Assets Per Share
	Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018		Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2017		Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2016
Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations	$	15,625,480	$	23,579,465	$	(9,344,770	)
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding		13,689,823		13,686,288		13,674,197
Basic/diluted net increase (decrease) in net assets from operations per share	$	1.14	$	1.72	$	(0.68	)

124

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 10. Distributions

The following table reflects the cash distributions per share that the Company declared and/or paid to its stockholders since the Offering in February 2014. Stockholders of record as of each respective record date were entitled to receive the distribution:


Declaration Date	Record Date	Payment Date	Amount Per Share
March 14, 2014	March 24, 2014	March 31, 2014	$	0.1812
May 14, 2014	June 16, 2014	July 1, 2014	$	0.3375
September 4, 2014	September 18, 2014	October 1, 2014	$	0.3375
November 6, 2014	December 18, 2014	January 5, 2015	$	0.3375
January 28, 2015	March 18, 2015	April 2, 2015	$	0.3469
May 6, 2015	June 8, 2015	July 5, 2015	$	0.3469
June 10, 2015*	September 1, 2015	September 15, 2015	$	0.4300
June 10, 2015	September 18, 2015	October 2, 2015	$	0.3469
November 3, 2015	December 18, 2015	January 5, 2016	$	0.3469
February 2, 2016	March 18, 2016	April 7, 2016	$	0.3516
April 28, 2016	June 17, 2016	July 7, 2016	$	0.3516
August 25, 2016	September 16, 2016	October 6, 2016	$	0.3516
November 3, 2016	December 16, 2016	January 5, 2017	$	0.3516
November 3, 2016	March 17, 2017	April 6, 2017	$	0.2500
May 2, 2017	June 16, 2017	July 6, 2017	$	0.2500
August 24, 2017	September 8, 2017	October 5, 2017	$	0.2500
November 7, 2017	March 16, 2018	April 5, 2018	$	0.2500
May 2, 2018	June 15, 2018	July 5, 2018	$	0.2500
August 23, 2018	September 18, 2018	October 5, 2018	$	0.2500

*	Special distribution

The following table reflects for U.S. federal income tax purposes the sources of the cash dividend distributions that the Company has paid on its common stock during the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016:


	Twelve months ended June 30,
	2018					2017					2016
	Distribution Amount		Percentage			Distribution Amount		Percentage			Distribution Amount		Percentage
Ordinary income and short-term capital gains	$	13,685,762		100	%	$	16,467,071		100	%	$	24,703,847		99	%
Long-term capital gains		—		—			—		—			277,173		1

Total	$	13,685,762		100	%	$	16,467,071		100	%	$	24,981,020		100	%

125

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 11. Share Repurchase Program

As described in Note 2, the Company has a share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to $5.0 million shares of its common stock of up to $5.0 million until the earlier of (i) May 1, 2019 or (ii) the repurchase of $5.0 million in aggregate amount of its common stock. During the period ended June 30, 2018, the Company repurchased 42,627 shares of common stock on the open market for $390,178. The Company’s NAV per share increased by approximately $0.01 for the period ended June 30, 2018 as a result of the share repurchases. The following table summarizes the Company’s share repurchases under the share repurchase program for the periods ended June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017:


	For the Period Ended June 30,
	2018			2017
Number of shares repurchased		42,627			—
Cost of shares repurchased, including commissions	$	390,178			—
Weighted average price per share	$	9.10			—
Net asset value per share at prior quarter end	$	12.55			—
Weighted average discount to prior quarter net asset value		27.5	%		—

Note 12. Share Transactions

The following table summarizes the total shares issued and repurchased for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016:


	Twelve months ended June 30,
	2018						2017				2016
	Shares			Amount			Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount
Balance at beginning of year		13,689,221		$	200,568,530			13,679,686	$	200,482,695		13,667,267	$	200,357,871
Retirement of repurchased shares		(42,627	)		(390,178	)		—		—		—		—
Reinvestments of stockholder distributions		2,910			25,011			9,535		85,835		12.419		124,824

Balance at end of year		13,649,504		$	200,203,363			13,689,221	$	200,568,530		13,679,686	$	200,482,695

126

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 13. Financial Highlights

The following represents the per share data and the ratios to average net assets for CM Finance Inc:


	For the twelve months ended June 30, 2018			For the twelve months ended June 30, 2017			For the twelve months ended June 30, 2016			For the twelve months ended June 30, 2015			For the period from February 6, 2014 through June 30, 2014
Per Share Data:⁽¹⁾
Net asset value, beginning of period	$	12.41		$	11.90		$	14.41		$	14.65		$	14.75	*
Net investment income		1.39			1.15			1.45			1.48			0.47
Net realized and unrealized gains (losses)		(0.24	)		0.56			(2.13	)		(0.35	)		0.04

Net increase (decrease) in net assets resulting from operations		1.15			1.71			(0.68	)		1.13			0.51

Capital transactions⁽²⁾
Share repurchases		0.01			—			—			—			—
Dividends from net investment income		(1.00	)		(1.20	)		(1.51	)		(1.37	)		(0.52	)
Distributions from net realized gains		—			—			(0.32	)		—			—

Net decrease in net assets resulting from capital transactions		(0.99	)		(1.20	)		(1.83	)		(1.37	)		(0.52	)
Offering costs		—			—			—			—			(0.09	)

Net asset value, end of period	$	12.57		$	12.41		$	11.90		$	14.41		$	14.65

Market value per share, end of period	$	8.90		$	10.00		$	8.88		$	13.61		$	14.56
Total return based on market value⁽³⁾		0.01	%		27.93	%		(21.26	)%		4.23	%		0.65	%⁽⁴⁾
Shares outstanding at end of period		13,649,504			13,689,221			13,679,686			13,667,267			13,666,666

Ratio/Supplemental Data:
Net assets, at end of year	$	171,522,666		$	169,948,112		$	162,749,883		$	196,950,849		$	200,216,821
Ratio of total expenses to average net assets		13.06	%		9.38	%		8.97	%		8.95	%		5.46	%⁽⁵⁾
Ratio of net expenses to average net assets		12.76	%		9.23	%		8.97	%		8.36	%		4.02	%⁽⁵⁾
Ratio of interest expense and fees and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs to average net assets		4.10	%		3.42	%		3.13	%		2.37	%		1.27	%⁽⁵⁾
Ratio of net investment income before fee waiver to average net assets		11.40	%		9.31	%		11.33	%		9.54	%		6.58	%⁽⁵⁾
Ratio of net investment income after fee waiver to average net assets		11.10	%		9.46	%		11.33	%		10.13	%		8.03	%⁽⁵⁾
Total Notes Payable		119,823,000			102,000,000			132,478,329			150,847,459			85,591,314
Asset Coverage Ratio⁽⁶⁾		2.43			2.67			2.23			2.31			3.34
Portfolio Turnover Rate		52	%		52	%		21	%		46	%		67	%⁽⁷⁾

127

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 13. Financial Highlights – (continued)

*	Net asset value at beginning of period reflects the deduction of the sales load of $0.25 per share paid by the stockholder from the $15.00 offering price.

(1)	The per share data was derived by using the shares outstanding during the period.

(2)	The per share data for dividends and distributions declared reflects the actual amount of the dividends and distributions declared per share during the period.

(3)	Total returns are historical and are calculated by determining the percentage change in the market value with all dividends distributions, if any, reinvested. Dividends and distributions are assumed to be reinvested at prices obtained under the company’s dividend reinvestment plan.

(4)	Not annualized.

(5)	Annualized.

(6)	Asset coverage ratio is equal to (i) the sum of (A) net assets at the end of the period and (B) debt outstanding at the end of the period, divided by (ii) total debt outstanding at the end of the period.

(7)	For the period from February 6, 2014 through June 30, 2014.

The following represents supplemental ratios and data for CM Finance LLC:


	Period from July 1, 2013 to February 5, 2014			Twelve months ended June 30, 2013			Period from March 7, 2012 to June 30, 2012
Total return		7.86	%		16.16	%		2.58	%
Ratio of net investment income to average members’ capital		8.40	%		11.11	%		2.06	%
Ratio of operating expenses to average members’ capital		(2.37	)%		(1.12	)%		(1.34	)%
Ratio of credit facility related expenses to average members’ capital		(1.54	)%		(0.29	)%		0.00	%
Ratio of total expenses to average members’ capital		(2.53	)%		(1.14	)%		(1.34	)%
Portfolio turnover rate		41.76	%		68.37	%		69.68	%
Supplemental Data:
Members’ capital at end of period	$	90,000,000		$	87,250,637		$	18,141,667
Average members’ capital	$	105,716,373		$	55,294,030		$	14,790,409

Total return is calculated based on a time-weighted rate of return methodology for the members, and is not annualized. Total return is reflected after all investment-related and operating expenses. An individual member’s return may vary from these returns based on the timing of capital transactions. The ratios to average members’ capital are calculated based on the monthly average members’ capital during the period.

The ratios to average members’ capital are calculated based on the monthly average members’ capital during the period. Credit facility related expenses include interest expense and amortization of deferred debt issuance costs.

128

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 14. Other Fee Income

The other fee income consists of structuring fee income, amendment fee income and royalty income. The following tables summarize the Company’s other fee income for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016:


	Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2018		Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2017		Twelve Months Ended June 30, 2016
Loan Amendment/Consent Fee	$	152,308	$	1,112,250	$	936,211

Other Fee Income	$	152,308	$	1,112,250	$	936,211

Note 15. Tax Information

As of June 30, 2018, the Company’s aggregate investment unrealized appreciation and depreciation based on cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes were as follows:


Tax cost	$	302,647,282

Gross unrealized appreciation		6,015,163
Gross unrealized depreciation		(15,070,432	)

Net unrealized investment depreciation	$	(9,055,269	)

As of June 30, 2017, the Company’s aggregate investment unrealized appreciation and depreciation based on cost for U.S. federal income tax purposes were as follows:


Tax cost	$	271,969,759

Gross unrealized appreciation		3,709,069
Gross unrealized depreciation		(20,771,657	)

Net unrealized investment depreciation	$	(17,062,588	)

Note 16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)


	For the Quarter Ended June 30, 2018			For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2018		For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2017		For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2017
Total Investment Income	$	16,942,191		$	8,671,377	$	8,449,774	$	6,728,410
Total Investment Income per Common Share		1.24			0.63		0.62		0.49
Net Investment Income		8,539,905			3,733,424		3,687,129		3,016,176
Net Investment Income per Common Share		0.62			0.27		0.27		0.22
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain		(4,999,323	)		357,611		1,172,018		119,541
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain per Common Share		(0.37	)		0.03		0.10		0.01
Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations		4,196,512			4,091,035		4,859,147		3,135,717
Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share		0.26			0.30		0.35		0.23
Net Asset Value per Common Share at End of Quarter		12.57			12.55		12.50		12.39

129

CM Finance Inc and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 30, 2018

Note 16. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited) – (continued)


	For the Quarter Ended June 30, 2017		For the Quarter Ended March 31, 2017		For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2016		For the Quarter Ended September 30, 2016
Total Investment Income	$	7,194,039	$	7,081,218	$	9,152,091	$	7,584,849
Total Investment Income per Common Share		0.53		0.52		0.67		0.55
Net Investment Income		3,433,658		3,422,111		4,872,012		3,970,803
Net Investment Income per Common Share		0.25		0.25		0.36		0.29
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain		1,298,730		2,565,911		3,682,086		334,154
Net Realized and Unrealized Gain per Common Share		0.09		0.19		0.27		0.02
Net Increase in Net Assets Resulting from Operations		4,732,388		5,988,022		8,554,098		4,304,957
Basic and Diluted Earnings per Common Share		0.35		0.44		0.62		0.31
Net Asset Value per Common Share at End of Quarter		12.41		12.32		12.13		11.86

Note 17. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated the need for disclosures and/or adjustments resulting from subsequent events through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.

130

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There were no changes in or disagreements on accounting or financial disclosure with RSM US LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2018.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of June 30, 2018 (the end of the period covered by this report), we, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the 1934 Act). Based on that evaluation, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and provided reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our periodic SEC filings is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. However, in evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f), and for performing an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

Management performed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2018 based upon the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 2013 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO 2013”). Based on our assessment, management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2018.

(c) Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. We were not required to have, nor have we,

131

engaged our independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit us to provide only management’s report in this annual report on Form 10-K.

(d) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management did not identify any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

132

PART III

We will file a definitive Proxy Statement for our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with the SEC, pursuant to Regulation 14A, not later than 120 days after the end of our fiscal year. Accordingly, certain information required by Part III has been omitted under General Instruction G(3) to the annual report on Form 10-K. Only those sections of our definitive Proxy Statement that specifically address the items set forth herein are incorporated by reference.

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees. This code of ethics is published on our website at www.cmfn-inc.com. We intend to disclose any future amendments to, or waivers from, this code of conduct within four business days of the waiver or amendment through a Web site posting.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 is hereby incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days following the end of the Company’s fiscal year.

133

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

a. Documents Filed as Part of this Report

The following financial statements are set forth in Item 8:


	Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		88
Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities as of June 30, 2018 and June 30, 2017		89
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017, and June 30, 2016		90
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Net Assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017, and June 30, 2016		91
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended June 30, 2018, June 30, 2017, and June 30, 2018		92
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of June 30, 2018		93
Consolidated Schedule of Investments as of June 30, 2017		96
Consolidated Notes to Financial Statements		98

134

b. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this report or hereby incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the SEC:


3.1		Articles of Amendment and Restatement⁽¹⁾
3.3		Bylaws⁽¹⁾
4.1		Irrevocable Proxy of the Cyrus Funds⁽²⁾
4.2		Form of Stock Certificate⁽¹⁾
4.3		Form of Base Indenture⁽⁴⁾
4.4		First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of July 2, 2018, by and between the Registrant and U.S. Bank National Association relating to the 6.125% Notes Due 2023⁽¹⁰⁾
4.5		Form of 6.125% Notes Due 2023 (Filed as Exhibit A to Form of First Supplemental Indenture referred to in Exhibit 4.4)⁽¹⁰⁾
10.1		Form of Investment Advisory Agreement between Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC⁽¹⁾
10.2		Collateral Management Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013, by and between CM Finance SPV Ltd and CM Investment Partners, LP⁽¹⁾
10.3		Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan⁽²⁾
10.4		Custody Agreement⁽⁷⁾
10.5		Form of Administration Agreement between Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC⁽¹⁾
10.6		Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and CM Investment Partners LLC⁽¹⁾
10.7		Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and the Directors⁽¹⁾
10.8		Master Assignment and Participation Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013 between Registrant and CM Finance SPV Ltd.⁽¹⁾
10.9		Collateral Administration Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013 by and among CM Finance SPV Ltd., CM Investment Partners, LP and State Street Bank and Trust Company⁽¹⁾
10.10		Contribution Agreement, dated as of May 23, 2013, between CM Finance LLC and State Street Bank and Trust Company⁽¹⁾
10.11		Form of Assignment of Collateral Management Agreement by and among CM Investment Partners, LP and CM Investment Partners LLC⁽³⁾
10.12		Form of Assignment of Collateral Administration Agreement by and among CM Investment Partners, LP and CM Investment Partners LLC⁽³⁾
10.13		Registration Right Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2013, between Registrant and certain stockholders⁽²⁾
10.14		Third Amended and Restated Stockholder Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2017, between the Registrant and Stifel Venture Corp.⁽⁹⁾
10.15		Third Amendment Agreement to 2002 ISDA Master Agreement, dated July 20, 2015, between CM Finance Inc and UBS AG⁽⁵⁾
10.16		Fourth Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of February 28, 2017, between CM Finance SPV, Ltd. and State Street Bank and Trust Company⁽⁶⁾
10.17		Fourth Amendment Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, between CM Finance SPV, Ltd. and State Street Bank and Trust Company⁽⁶⁾
10.18		Second Amended Total Return Swap Confirmation Letter Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, between UBS AG and CM Finance Inc⁽⁶⁾

135


10.19		Amended and Restated Collateral Management Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2017, between CM Finance SPV, Ltd. and CM Investment Partners LLC⁽⁶⁾
10.20		Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Note Agreement by and among CM Finance Inc., CM SPV Ltd., UBS AG, and U.S. Bank, National Association ⁽⁸⁾
10.21		Fifth Amended and Restated Indenture between CM SPV Ltd. and U.S. Bank, National Association⁽⁸⁾
10.22		Second Amended Total Return Swap Confirmation Letter Agreement between UBS AG and CM Finance Inc⁽⁸⁾
10.23		Fourth Amended Total Return Swamp Confirmation Letter Agreement between UBS AG and CM Finance Inc⁽⁸⁾
11.1		Computation of Per Share Earnings (included in the notes to the audited financial statements contained in this report)
14.1		Code of Ethics of CM Finance Inc⁽¹⁾
21.1		Subsidiaries of CM Finance Inc: CM Finance SPV Ltd. (Cayman) CM Finance SPV LLC (Delaware) CM Portfolio Companies, LLC (Delaware) Zinc Borrower Blocker, LLC
31.1*		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
31.2*		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
32.1*		Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2*		Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*	Filed herewith

(1)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-192370), filed on November 15, 2013.

(2)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-192370), filed on December 20, 2013.

(3)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-192370), filed on January 24, 2014.

(4)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-201432), filed on March 5, 2015.

(5)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 814-01054), filed on September 8, 2015.

(6)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Periodic Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01054), filed on March 1, 2017.

(7)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 10-K (File No. 814-01054), filed on September 6, 2017.

(8)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 814-01054), filed on November 27, 2017.

(9)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-223999), filed on March 29, 2018.

(10)	Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-223999), filed on July 2, 2018.

c. Financial statement schedules

No financial statement schedules are filed herewith because (1) such schedules are not required or (2) the information has been presented in the aforementioned financial statements.

136

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


				CM FINANCE INC

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Michael C. Mauer
				Michael C. Mauer Chief Executive Officer

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Rocco DelGuercio
				Rocco DelGuercio Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.


Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Michael C. Mauer
				Michael C. Mauer Chief Executive Officer

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Rocco DelGuercio
				Rocco DelGuercio Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Christopher E. Jansen
				Christopher E. Jansen President, Secretary and Director

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Keith Lee
				Keith Lee Director

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Julie Persily
				Julie Persily Director

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Robert P. Ryder
				Robert P. Ryder Director

Date: September 4, 2018				/s/ Robert T. Wagner
				Robert T. Wagner Director

136

Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc. - FORM 10-K - September 4, 2018

Attached files

Stock widget

Investing forum

Investcorp Credit Management BDC, Inc. Reports

Also read